First certificate practice tests plus 2

us1\31

+ introduction to the exam

+ your questions answered

+ exam strategies and tips

+ sample answer sheets

teachingnot just testing

- ----- ~- ---

The First Certificate in English is an intermediate levelexamination which is held three times a year in March, Juneand December.There are five papers in the exam and eachpaper receivesan equal weighting of 20 per cent of themarks. Papersare:

Paper 1Paper 2Paper 3Paper 4Paper 5

ReadingWritingUse of EnglishListeningSpeaking

1 hour 15 minutes

1 hour 30 minutes

1 hour 15 minutes

40 minutes (approximately)

14 minutes (for each pair ofstudents)

. The examination questions are task-based and simulatereal-life tasks.

. Questions in Papers 1-3 are text-based. This means that

there is always something to read when doing the tasks.

. Rubrics are important and should be read carefully. They

set the context and give important information about thetasks

. For Papers1, 3 and 4 you have to write your answers on

a separate answer sheet.

1

Paper Formats Task focus

Reading Part 1: matching headings or summary sentences to Part 1: reading for the main ideas in afour texts, the paragraphs in a text. text.

35 reading Part 2: answering multiple-choice questions. Part 2: reading for detailedcomprehension Part 3: choosing which sentence or paragraph fits understanding of the text.questions into gaps in a text. Part 3: reading to understand text

Part 4: deciding which of 4-6 short texts contains structure.

given information or ideas. Part 4: reading for specific information.

Writing Part 1: using given information to write a letter of Part 1 : selecting from and comparingPart 1: one 120-180 words. given information to produce acompulsory task Part 2: producing one piece of writing of 120-180 transactional letter.Part 2: one task words, from a choice of five. Either an informalletter, Part 2: writing for a specific reader, usingfrom a choice of a story, a report, an article or a composition. appropriate layout and register.four

Use of English Part 1: multiple-choicedoze. Choosingwhich word Part 1: vocabulary.four texts, from a choice of four fits in eachof 15 gaps in the text. Part 2: grammar and vocabulary.65 questions Part 2: open cloze.Writing the missingword in eachof Part 3: grammatical accuracy and

15 gaps in a text. vocabulary.Part 3: key-word transformations. Usingthe key word Part 4: grammatical accuracy.to complete a new sentencewhich meansthe sameas Part 5: vocabulary.the one given.Part 4: proof-reading. Findingthe extrawords that donot belong in a text.Part 5: wordbuilding doze. Changing the form of theword given 50that it fits into the gaps in a text.

Listening Part 1: eight short texts each wit h one multiple- Part 1: understanding gist meaning.fou r parts, choice quest.ion. Part 2: understanding specific information.30 questions Part 2: long text with ten gap-fili questions. Part 3: understanding gist meaning.

Part 3: five short texts to match to one of six prompts. Part 4: understanding attitude andPart 4: long text with seven questions. Either opinion as well as both specificmultiple-choice, true/false or three-way matching. information and gist meaning.

Speaking Part 1: the examiner asks each student questions. Part 1: giving personal information.four parts Part 2: comparing and contrasting two pictures. Each Part 2: giving information and

student has to speak for 1 minute. expressIngoplnlons.Part 3: interactive task. Students discusssomething Part 3: exchanging ideas and opinionstogether using a visual prompt. and reacting to them.Part 4: discussion.The examiner asksquestions Part 4: expressing and justifying opinionsrelated to the theme of Part 3. and ideas.

Exam Overview

Practice Test 1 4 Practice Test 5 79

Paper 1 Reading 4 Paper 1 Reading 79

Paper 2 Writing 12 Paper 2 Writing 86

Paper 3 Use of English 14 Paper 3 Use of English 88

Paper 4 Listening 19 Paper 4 Listening 93

Paper 5 Speaking 23 Paper 5 Speaking 96







practice Test 3 43 Practice Test 7 115

Paper1 Reading 43 Paper1 Reading 115

Paper2 Writing 50 Paper2 Writing 122

Paper3 Useof English 52 Paper3 Useof English 124

Paper4 Listening 57 Paper4 Listening 129

Paper5 Speaking 60 Paper5 Speaking 132







Visuais for Paper 5 151

OMR Answer Sheets 175

Answer Key 177

Tapescripts 192

First Certificate Examination:Top 20 Questions

PAPER 1

t4J,AB:R.f'Ti1~ih.~iif,1~t!~;'kIi

IDI

Reading (1 hour 15 minutes)

You are going to read an article about surfing. Choose the most suitable heading from the

list A-I for each part (1-7) of the article. There is one extra heading which you do notneed to use. There is an example at the beginning (O).

Mark your answers on the separate answer sheet.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

Warnings ignored

Future challenge

Scientists' involvement

Wetsuits on a mountain

Ideal surfing conditions

One man's influence

Origins of surfing

Scientific breakthrough

Dangers of surfing

TipStrip

.Readthe text quickly for general understanding..Don't worry if there are same words which you don't understand; focus on understanding themain point of each paragraph..Then look at the paragraph headings; don't expect the words from the text to match..Re-read each paragraph and find the heading which best summarises the main idea in theparagraph..Checkyour answers carefuHy.

HeadingA: What does 'ignored' mean?

Heading D: 'Mountain'is not mentioned In the tex! but there is a reference to something tha!takes place on a mountain.Don't be deceived by Mount Everest!

HeadingH: What is a 'breakthrough'?

T E S T 1, PAPER 1

The history oj surfingroT G

His generaiiy believed that the ancient Polyneslans were

the first to surf and to introduce surfing to the Rawaiian

islands in the central Pacific Ocean. In fact, early records

show that surfing was at its helght in the late eighteenth

century. During the next century the sport declined, but

by the beginning of the twentieth century its popularity

had increased again and it graduaiiy became anestablished water sport.

j1T 1

Rawaii has the best surf in the world but the beaches are

among the most dangerous, partly because they are

overcrowded. During October each year there are hugesweiis in which the waves can be almost twenty metreshigh. These waves then move to the southem

hemisphere in Apri!.

I 211

II a surfer gets sucked into the centre of one of these

waves and then flung anto the shore as the wave breaks,

the force can be life-threatening. And if the weight ofthe water does not make them unconscious, then the

wave can drag them under water long enough for themto drown.

I 3 I I

To most people, a twenty-metre high wave is Nature's

way of saying: stay away. H's the oceanic equivalent of a

lion's roar: get closer and you will be kiiied. But there

are same surfers who actually find these dangers one of

the most attractive features of the sport.

I 41- I

In the second half of the twentieth centuryone man inparticular was responslble for fresh enthusiasm in thesport. Re was a Califomian surfer called Jack O'Neill

who was determined to create a suit that would keeppeople warm in the waters of northem Califomia, and at

the same time would allow complete freedom ofmovement.

I 51

He experimented with various materials without much

success until, during a piane joumey in 1952, he came

across a substance called neoprene. Using this material

he created a wetsuit made of rubber which kept surfers

warm and made surfing a year-round activity in climates

which would otherwise be too cold for part of the year.

I 6 I I

Over the yearswetsuitshavebeenusedfor everythingfrom deep-sea diving to board sports which take placeon land, like skateboarding. In 1988 O'Nej]]'s originalwetsuits were used for the first ever snowboarding worldcup event, ref\ecting O'Neill's belief that snow is onlyfrozen water and snowboarding takes place over frozenwaves.

I 71 I

One surfer who recently rode agiant wave off thePacific Island of Tahiti astonished onlookers by walking

away without a scratch. This same man now wants tosurf a wavecalledJaws, which crashes anto the shore ofMaui,one of the Hawaiian islands,for onIy a fewdayseachyear.Jawscanreacha heightof over twenty-fivemetres and is known to the surfing world as the MountEverest of surfing.

T E S T 1, ..PAPER

~:.lW"II!I;lI1i1!iI1iW~ -,$( You are going to read an article about a woman who runs a company cal led Peanuts. ForQuestions 8-15, choose the correct answer A, B, C or D.


Hungry pOp starsValerie)ones runs a company ealledPeanutswhosejob it is

to look after pop stars and pop groups when they go on tour.She is the person who feeds the stars and she's been doing it

for the past ten years.

When the stars are playing at a festiva]Valerie may have to cook for up to athousand people which includes al! thecrew and the people who work backstage.She erects a marquee - a huge tent - andthe food is served buffet style from aeentral serving area. She has to cater fordifferent tastes, se)there are normal!y fouror more choices of menu. She also has tolook after people who may be on a specialdiet or some singers who don't eat dairyfood before a concerl.

She drives an enormous truck fuli ofkitchen equipment and hires at least threewalk-in refrigerators, a dishwashing unitand portable cabins which act asstorerooms and office.

Al! the bands have to queue up to beserved and everyone has to have a mealtickel. The stars are usually more relaxedwhen they are eating as no one isbothering them for autographs, althoughValerie says that sometimes the securitymen and the stars' managers are moretrouble than the stars themselves.

There are certain things which she alwayshas to keep in stoek like herbal teas andher own particular mixture of honey,leman and ginger which singers like to

keep in flasks on stage witb them whenthey're singing.Years ago bands used todrink quite a lot of alcohol, but these daysthey're much healthier. Most bands drinkfresh fruit juice and prefer to eat salads.

A lot of people in the bands are quiteyoung and they're not used to veryexpensivc food, so Valerie prepares plainfood unless a band sends her a 'rider'. Thisis a list of special rcquirements. Whenpeople are tired, unwel! or homesiek theylike to have familiar 'comfor!' food sa shekeeps a stoek of people's requirementsjust in case. As a resuH of all this, Valerie 43says she has become an expert shopperand in less than an hour in a supermarketshe can spend flOOO.

A lot of bands won't eat before acancertbecause they're too nervous, sa Valerieand her staff can end up working very longhours as they have to be around toprovide what people want at twa or threein the moming. One thing Valerie hasnotieed is that the more mad a band is onstage, the more normai they are whenthey are off il. She says she is amazed atthe change in behaviaur. A really wildsinger ean tum out to be really quiet andpolite off stage.

lIIiI'iJIi'I! TEST 1, PAPER

...~

fI

TipStrip

.Read the text carefully.You do not necessarilyneed to understand

every word. Thequestions follow theorder of the texl.

. Underllne the keywords In the questlon,e.g. Valerie has toprovide Qfl.llg~ffggf!. Then try to findthe part of the textwhich contalns theanswerand underllne

the key words there,e.g. ;;he hE.e.1Q..~"telfgLQL[f~".nHa".!g" ....Look at the optlons anddec Ide whlch optlonbest matches the keyInformation;n the tex!.

Optlon C 'there Is su cha wide varlety ofpreferences' 15the onlyoptlon to contain theIdea of providing a .range of different foodfor people's IIkes anddislIkes.

Question 9: 'lessnervous' Is another wayof saying 'more relaxed'

Question 11: Whichwordin the text describes

food that 15'simpie'?

Question 12: Do youneed to refer tosomething earller or laterIn the text?

Question 15: Whatamazes Valerle about thebands7

8 Valeriehasto provide a range of food because

A people are very fussy about what they eatB people are used to eating in restaurants.

C there is such a wide variety of preferences.

D there is such a demand lor special menus.

9 The singersare lessnervouswhen they are eating because

A their security men are with them.B there are no fans hanging around.C their managersluss over them.D the bands enjoy eating together.

10 Why does Valeriehaveto keep a supply ol certain drinks?

A The bands rely on a special recipe.B The bands preler herbal tea to collee.C The bandstake Iruit juice on stage.D The bands like to drink alcohol.

11 What do most bands like best to eat7

A rich loodB cheap foodC junk loodD simple lood

12 What does 'just in case' in line 43 refer to?

A Valerie'ssupply ol more expensiveloodB Valerie'slist of 'riders' lrom the dillerent bands

C Valerie'ssupply ol specialfood lor various peopleD Valerie'sunderstanding of people leeling sick

13 Why do you think Valerie has become an 'expert shopper'?

A She has a lot ol money to spend each week.B She has learnt to find what individuals want

C She has to buy as much as possible lor f1 000.

D She has to shop very quickly in a supermarket

14 Why is a band likely to be hungry after playing?

A Theyleel more relaxedalter a concert.B Theywork long hours wit h little lood.C They only have a snackbelore a concertD They like to wait until they eat together.

15 What does Valerie think about the singers?

A They are completely crazy on and 011stage.B They behave diflerently on and 011stage.

C They are less rude when they are 011stage.

D They are normally more noisy on stage.

T E ST 1, lIIiIiDPAPER 1

P,:A,:iR )r;ik'3r\';1~~;,~It'" You are going to read a newspaperartiele about teenagers learning the art ol discussionand argument. Sevensentenceshave been removed lram the artiele. Choose lram thesentencesA-H the one which fits each gap (16-21). There is one extra sentencewhichyou do not need to use.There is an exampleat the beginning (O).

Mark your answerson the separate answer sheet.

A The other roles are taken by the students who pretend to be diplomats and tryto representthe views and opinions ol dillerent member states.

B However, it gives them an opportunity to develop their ski115at persuading otherpeople and interacting with other students.

WHY THEUNITEDNATIONSWENTTO SCHOOL

C Who is then chosen to speak in the fuli assemblyis up to the student who is thechairpersonol that committee.

D This is not so much to do with lack ol knowledge or opinions about thesematters.

Teenagerscantalk for hours on the phone to their friends, but II you try to get them to talk about politics or

the 'atest developmentsin agriculture, for example, they are likely to fali silent. I O I D 1 It is moreto do wit h lack ol confidence or experiencein putting lorward eleararguments in lrant ol strangers.

E Theytried to destroy the other representative'sargument.

F Once they are all together they are divided into Ilve committees.

In order to demonstrate the value ol good communication skilis, a boarding school in Bath, In the west of

England,decidedto organisean interesting and excitingway of teaching teenagershow to argue and debate

in publie.1161 1 TheModelUnitedNationsprogramme,whichIsa role-playexercise,wasfirstdeveloped in the USwhere it forms part of the curriculum in hundreds of schools.

G They hold an annual Model United Nations(called MUN lor short by teachers

and students)based on the real United Nations GeneralAssembly.

H In some yearsa lew students lram other countriessuch as Italy and Polandwillalso attend.

As many as 600 student representatives,ranging in age from 13 to 18, attend fram schoolsali over England

and Northern Ireland. 1~1 - ITip Strip

The important roleswithin the UN, like the presidentof the general assembly,and the toples, are chosenby

the teachers, and they decide which subjects students will discuss.1181 I.Read through the text carefully 50 that you have a general understanding..Look very carefully at what comes before and after each gap..Readthrough the sentence options and find one that fits in terms of topie and language links..Re-read the paragraph aga;n to check that it makes sense.MUNstarts on a Fridayevening and lasts until Sundayevening. Before arriving all the students are given a

country to representand areexpected to preparelor the discussionin advance.L19_~ I Questlon 16: This is the first reference to the ModelUnited Nations, its abbreviation MUNand theexplanation of what il does. Without this explanation the last part of the paragraph would notmake sense.

Question 17: Findother counlries that linkwith 'Englandand Northern Ireland'.Question 18: The paragraph begins with a referenee to 'roles' so look for a sentence whichcontinues this topie.

Question 21: Despite the fact that students may be nervous, the experience is obviouslyworthwhile. Look for a word Ihat connects these eontrasting ideas.

It Isthen Upto the studentsto discusstheir viewswith the other membersof their committee to win support

for their argument, before they reacha decision by voting on a particular topie. [20 L__- I

Forsome of the students it will be the first time they havespoken in frant of an audienceand it can be very

nerve-wracking.1211 IAt the sametime students become more aware of political affalrs and aswell as gaining in self-confidencethey learn about international issues.

lIDil TEST l, PAPER 1TEST l, PAPER 1 IIDI

~;B~1!I;;li!!~'- 'q

TipStripo Youdo notneedto

read through the wholetext first.

oRead each questionand undeilllle-,h.LI<gy-!"Iords.

o 5can the text byreading through itquickly to find theinformation.lgnoreparts of the textwhich are not relevantto the point you arelooking for.

o When you find therelevant part of thetext, read it @[ef!djJy.

o The questions and thetext will not contain thesame words. You needto look for and matehmeaning. e.g. Question22 'has beeomesueeessful at a youngage' = 'just 21 andalreadya box olneename'.

Question 29: 'out ofwark' is a similar way ofsaying 'unemployed'.

Question 3°: Findanother way of saying'not interested'.

Question 32: Findanother way of saying'refuses'.

IID:!I

You aregoing to read a magazinearticle in which four actors talk about their profession.For Questions22-35 choose from the actorsA-D, The people may be chosenmore thanance. There is an exarnpleat the beginning (O).

Mark your answerson the separate answer sheet. ANACTOR'SWORLD

Which of the actors

had intended to do something else? ~@C]~~@C]lliD[EJ=:J~~~[TICJ[EL]@C]~~

A Jake Armstrong'l have a terrible problem reading through scripts,'admits Jake Armstrong. 'l find most of them veryboring, although ance in a while a script will realIyappeal to me and l am immediately attracted to thecharacter the director hasasked me to consider.'

Jake Armstrong was always going to end up doingsomething dramatic. His father and mother are bothactors, and although neither of them pushed him intothe profession, he feels his career path was inevitable ashe saw 50 much theatre when he was a chiid. 'l would

wait backstage until it was time to go home at the endof an evening performance. I met the most fantastiepeople. As a child you don't appreciate farne and lthought alI these extraordinary people were realIynorma1.But there was something fascinating about thewhole husiness, why people dress up as different peopleand pretend to be other personalities. Unlike myparents, however, l am more interested in film wark.

The thing about filming is that you hang around forhours chatting away to people, then suddenly you've gotto turn it on. l had to learn very quickly how to tonedown for the eamera, not to overact, whereas on stagein the theatre it's the exact opposite.'

has becomesuccessfulat a young age?

was strongly influenced by their upbringing7

had little warning before going on stage?

comments on different acting techniques?

accepted wark without hesitation?

was pickedwithout having spoken?

has not been professionallytrained?

usedto worry about being unemployed?

is not interested in reading scripts?

had a difficult time before becoming farnous?

refusesqUltea lot of wark?

tried to change their appearance7

had to fight for parental support7

thinks the acting processis quite charrning and attractive?

B Laura Dyson

'I think I'm very lueky to have been noticed sa early inmy career. When l was at drama schoolI used to feeIquite desperate meeting up with friends who hadalready graduated and who were ont of work. I would

listen to them talking about the temporary jobs theyhad, working in restaurants, supermarkets - whatever

they could find, and going to one audition after theather. And they were only auditioning for really smaliparts in theatre or film and getting absolutely nowhere.'

Laura Dyson is just 21 and already a box office name.She was spotted whilst on stage in London and offereda film role by one of Hollywood's leading directors. 'l!was unbelievable. I'd had hardly any experience and theplay l was in was a walk-on role only. l didn't have to

T E 5 T 1, PAPER 1

say a single word! Apparently the director was lookingfor sameone who could play a 16-year-old schoolgirl, saI suppose I'm fortunate in that I don't look my age. Theirony is that l used to spend hours making up my facesa that I'd look older. l used to get so fed np withpeople refusing me entry to adult films beeause nobodybelieved me when I said l was over 18.'

C Emmy Mason'My parents have always been interested in the arts andl remember being taken to the einema and the theatreat a very eady age. When I said l wanted to go todrama school they were horrified. In faet, my fatherrefused to agree but he eventualJy gave in beeause lthreatened to go off around the world on my own at 17doing any old job just to pay my way.'

Emmy Mason was determined to succeed and althoughit has not been an easy ride to stardom she has finallyachieved the kind of recognition that most actors canonly dream about. 'My big break came quite byaccident. I was an understudy at the National Theatrefor months on end. l! was such hard wark, learning thelines and vet knowing that you were lInlikely ever to saythem in front of an audience. Don't get me wrong,thollgh. I was glad to be earning some money and atleast l got to see the famous names eaeh nigh!. Anyway,one day the leading lady went down with fiu and in theafternoon l was told l would be on stage that cvening.There wasn't time to be frightened. I had sat through allthe rehearsals so I knew the moves by heart. And thatwas it. The crities loved my performance and I've neverbeen out of work sinee.'

D Luke Demain

'l guess I ended up acting by accident. l wanted to go touniversity but couldn't deeide what to study. Sa Ithought I'd take a year out, do different things and givemyself a breathing spaee before applying. But duringthat year I got involved with alocal theatre group andsuddenly realised I was happier than I'd ever been.'

Luke Demain has never looked back. Unusual in thisday and age, he didn't go to drama school and has hadno formai tra ining. lnstead he found himself an agentwho was willing to put him forward for auditions. 'Tobegin with l was mostly doing advertisements for TVand film, which was fine but not serious acting. Thenone day my agent got a calI from a film studio and thenext day l was on the film set. There hadn't even beentime to send me the script. Looking back l don't think leven asked what the film was about, it didn't matter.But I'm quite choosy now and turn down more scriptsthan l accept!'

T E S T 1, IDO!PAPER

PAPER 2 Writing (1 haur 30 minutes) 'R;~~WRJ'1I:f~~{itil$~~Write an answer to one of the Questions 2-5 in this part. Write your answer in 120-180words in an appropriate style.- You must answer this question.

2You have been studying the environment in your English lessans and your teacher hasasked you to write on the following topie for homework:

Taking care of aur p/anet: the things we can ali do to he/p.

You want to do an activity course abroad during your summer holiday. You have seenthe advertisement below in a magazine and made same notes about things you wantto know. Read the notes you have made. Then, write to the company covering ali thepoints in your notes and adding any relevant questions of your own. Write your composition.

~prl\m~/F()IJ~~~~p'BR()~Dit;3 Same English friends are coming to stay with you for a week. They want to know

about same of the special tourist attractions in your area, and have asked for samesuggestions for things you think thejr children would especially enjoy.\e,,~t-I-I

C{'cCL\Yses?

Write your letter. Do not write any addresses.c"", l,Ac ""cvet-I-I"",c"e",ct-ivity """"'y c"tAvse?

aur company specialises in arrangingactivity courses to suit the individual.Whatever your interests, wherever youwant to go, we can provide the rightcourse at the right prjce. 4

An international magazine is publishing articles from readers about a person whohas had an important influence on their life.

We also arrange accommodation withlocal families ar, if you prefer, in smalifurnished apartments.

Write your article.

wI-I",t-",vet-I-Iese \lice?

c1",ssescv i",Aivi,AtA",1?

Would you like to include languagelessans in addition to your activityprogram me?

Tellus what you want and how youwould like to travel.

Either

Answer one of the following twa questions based on your reading of one of the setboa ks.

(a) Write a composition describing one of the events in the bookwhich you have read, saying why you have chosen it and what youfind memorabie about it.

5

Or(b) Your teacher has asked you to write a report for your class on

whether you think the book which you have read would be suitable

for a radio ar television play. Write a report giving the reasons for yourchoice.

Write a letter of between 120 and 180 words in an appropriate style. Do not write anyaddresses.

TipStrip TipStripPart2

oRead the questions carefully. Choose a question youhave ideas and vocabulary for.

o Underlinethe keypoints in the question and indudethem in your answer.

o Before you start writing, think of the main point youwill indude in each paragraph.

o Make a few rough notes if it will help you to organiseyour ideas dearly.

o Make sure you aiways write in paragraphs.

o Leave yourself enough time to read through what youhave written in order to check your spelling andgrammar.

o You don't have to use your imagination. Read the instructions carefully and underline keywords and phrases: e.g. ,Q\I~l1ZjllUb-e-'p.QjD.!~'llli_notes and iLddil}gjl.rlY~l<cvanL9uestioD"of vour own~

oRead the input materia!. What information does the advertisement ask for?

o Base your answer on the input material, but try to use your own words as far as possible.

o Thinkabout who you are writingto. Whichstyle is best: more formai ar less formal?Should you end the letter with Yours sincerely, Yours faithfully ar Best wishes?

o Plan your answer. Paragraph 1: express your interest in the activity course and give informationabout your own requirements. Paragraph 2: request the extra information (based on your

handwritten notes). Paragraph 3: add a question ofyour own relevant to the input materia!.

o When you have finished, read the input information again. Have you induded everything?

o Checkthe word limit,but don't waste time counting everyword.o Check your grammar and spelling. Question 2:

o Make sure you have twa ar three concrete suggestionsthat you can make specific reference to.

o Use a formai ar neutral style.

liIflI T E S T 1, PAPER 2~

Question 3:

. Start and end the letter appropriately and deal with bothtourist attractions and suggestions forthings chi/drencando.

Question4:o Use a neutral style: you do not know the reader.. Introduce the person in your first paragraph.

o Explain why they are influential in your life and give sameexamples to support what you say.

Question s(a):

o Choose one event which you know we II, sa that you can referto the plot and the characters ete. Explain why you havechosen It.

. Use a formai ar neutral style.

Question s(b):. Oecide on radio ar television.

. Organise your ideas. You can use subheadings if you wish fora report.

. Choose twa ar three examples of scenesJevents ete. from thebook and explainhowthese wouldmake good radio artelevision.

T E S T 1, -PAPER 2

PAPER 3

;P},A;)'R,.,.?ili~ ~ffitf'J~i[3f!,;

Tip Strip

. ReadIhe lexl for

general underslanding..A, B, C and D are allplausible al firsl sighl,bul only one fils Ihegap..The word muSi fil in Iheconlexl of Ihe text as awhole..Check the words beforeand after Ihe gap.Some words can onlybe used with certain

prepositions, somewords will be part offixed expressions..Read through the textand check Ihat youranswers make sense.

Questlon 1: Whichwordcan only apply to thelength of somethinglike a bridge?

Questlon 8: Whichphrasai verb means 'tobecome'?

Questlon 12: Whichword can stand alonewllhoul another phraseto complete Ihe sense?

liEI

Use of English (1 hour 15 minutes)

For Questions 1-15, read the text belowand decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits

each space. There is an example at the beginning (O).


Example:O A watch B find

~ A B C D I

c:=J c:=J =:J c:=J

see D lookc

0RESUND BRIDGE

Imagine driving along a bridge that is sa long that you can't even (O) the other end.The 0resund Bridge, one of the (1) ..." bridges in the world, (2) ..." sa far ahead into the(3)..." that you can't even tell where the blue of the water (4) "... the blue of the sky.

The 0resund Bridge is an amazing example of modern engineering design that (5) theScandinaviancountriesof Denmarkand Sweden.It is8 kilometreslong and was (6) ..". inJuly 2000. It crosses the Flinte Channel, the chilly waterway (7) the twa countries.

At one stage the bridge turns (8) a tunnel under the sea. This tunnel is also a (9) .....breaker in its own right as it is the longest road and rail tunnel in the world. The engineersbuilt an artificial island near the Danish coast that (10) to support part of the bridge(11) , as well as being the point at which the road disappears (12) , before comingout in Copenhagen, the capital of Denmark.

The bridge, which was built (13) by the two countries, is expected to bring hugeadvantages. It will (14) ..". time compared to traditional ferry connections, as well as beingof (15) to the economy of both countries.

TEST 1, PAP ER 3

--

~;A{jR~::r~;2 '1i~~';;'jFor Questions 16-30, read the text belowand think of the word which best fits each

space. Use only one word in each space. There is an example at the beginning (O).

Write your answers on the separate answer sheet.

Example:

~] an I

ART1ST DEVELOPMENT MANAGER

PattiWilkinsis (O) .a,n, ArtistDevelopmentManager.Shespecialisesin popmusicand ls (16) for managingthe production(17) apop singer'snew singleor album and (18) that it involves.

She is the person who selects the songs for the album, the photographs for publicitypurposes, who shoots the video and chooses the clothes the singer (19) ................for that video.In (20) typicalday she will meet the peopledesigningtheartwork for the album, the singer's manager, journalists and marketing managers.

(21) the week she willhave to listento the hundredsof tapes that are(22) to the recordcompanybysingersand bands hopingto(23) famous one day.She needs to understand(24) .....................makes a good pop band and at the same time has to be (25) to spotstar potential. In(26) of workinglong hoursshe feels it 15(27) it when a song finallygets into the pop charts.

She learnt about the pop industryby (28) work experienceand editingpop magazines(29) wellas taking a businesscourse.In that way she(30) out how to go about marketingand sellingin the hlghlycompetitivemusic industry.

TipStrip

.Read the text for general understanding..The word must make sense in Ihe lexl as a whoie.

. Decide which word each gap needs, e.g. preposition, relalive pranoun, conjunclion, verb,adjeclive. ele..Look oul for fixed expressions. dependenl preposilions after certain verbs and linking wordsand phrases..Read Ihraugh the lexl and check il makes sense.

Questlon 20: Whal Iype of word goes here? Which two words are possible in Ihe conlexl? Whichone makes more sense if we are lalking generally?

Question 24' Whal Iype ofword goes here? Whal other word can replace a noun?

Question 30: Look al Ihe preposilion after Ihe gap. What verb can you put with this prepositionlo mea n 'discovered'?

TEST 1. PAPER ~ -

1 Alongest B furthest C deepest D hardest

2 A travels B leans C stretches D pulls

3 A space B distance C horizon D range

4 A comes B meets C lines D starts

5 A links B contacts C holds D relates

6 A done B ended C brought D completed

7 A splitting B cutting C breaking D separating

8 A down B into C out D back

9 A performance B world C record D account

10 A helps B aids C attempts D tries

11 A scheme B plan C structure D form

12 A down B underground C below D underneath

13 A commonly B doubly C simllarly D jointly

14 A save B spare C spend D spread

15 A good B benefit C quality D comfort

P,}A'>fRi:T:f..yg3 'If,;'(f!~~?'f;

TipStrip

.Look at the key word.What type of word is it?What usually follows it,e.g. an infinitive, agerund, a pronoun?.Write your answer onthe question paper andread both sentencesagain..Make sure you haven'tadded any extrainformation or missedout any of the originalinformation.

.Write only the missingwords on Ihe answersheet..Checkyour spelling..Contracted words countas Iwo words, e.g.don't = do not.

Question 35: Whichpreposition follows'prevented'?Question 38:Whatauxiiiary verb do youhave to have in order 10make a question here?

Question 40: Active topassive: make sure youkeep to the same verbtense.

IIDI

For Questions 31-40, complete the second sentence 50 that it has a similar meaning to thefirst sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must usebetween two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (O).

The bag is not big enough for ali my luggage,

smali

The bag .""""""""",.""""","""""""" for al! my luggage,

The gap can be fil!ed by the words 'is too smali' 50 you write:

Example: O

0 is too smali I

Write only the missing words on the separate answer sheet.

31 I had no idea about Rona's engagement.unaware

~ngagement.

32 I haven't seen a good filmfor months.sinceIt's a good film.

33 Mark did as I suggested and bought a new computer.adviceMark""""""."."""."..""""."".""". and bought a new computer,

34 No teacher will tolerate bad behaviour in class.

putNo teacher will bad behaviour in class.

35 The heavy snow mea nt that no trains were running,

preventedThe trains "".""""" "",,"" """"""""""." the heavysnow,

36 Can I borrow your camera for my holiday, please?

lendCan"". """""""".".""""."" ", yourcameraformyholiday,please?

37 jim was horrified to find his new car had been stolen.horror

To " ""."""...". his new car had been stolen.

38 When are you hop ing to go to university?wantWhen to go to university7

39 If only I spoke Russian.

couldi Russian.

40 Brazilianfarmers grow much of the world's coffee.is

Much of the world's coffee '""" farmers in Brazil.

TEST 1, PAP ER 3

-:?';Ah.:R,;:r 'i~~..~!k~~;7:~;:

TipStrip

.Readthe text forgeneral understanding..Expect belween fourand six iines lo becorrect..Look al the whoiesentence, not just atthe numbered iines..Underiine the wordsyou think are wrongand read the sentence(not the line) without it.Does it sound right?.Incorrect words canonly occur onee in aline.

Une 48: Is il apreposltion or aparticiple which isn'tneeded here?

Une 50: Where do the'famous personalilies'appear?

Une 55: Look at the tenseused throughoul thisfairly long senlence,Where is the mistake?

For Questions 41-55, read the text belowand look carefully at each line, 50me of thelinesare correct,and some have a word which should not be there.

If a line is correct, put a tick (v) by the number on the separate answer sheet. If a linehas a word which should not be there, write the word on the separate answer sheet.There are examples at the beginning (Oand 00).

'..mp" ~ v I

00 up

O "".""

00 ,,""

41

42

43

44

45 """".

46

47

48 ",..

49 "'"

50

51

52 "."""

53 """'"

54 """'"

55 """".

Red NO5e Day

EveryMarch in Britain there is a specialday called RedNose

Day during which the cha rit y, Comic Relief, expects to raise up

millions of pounds. One third of al! money collected together

goes to UK projects to hel p disadvantaged groups of people

such as iike the disabled or refu gees, The rest of the money

goes to Africa, where because twenty of the world's poorest

countries are situated, In these countries the money is used

to provide clean drinking water, health care for, education and

safe housing. 50 how are the British pubiic persuaded to give

money to Comic Relief? The BBC plays a large part by being

broadcasting on hours and hours of programmes. Many famous

personalities appear here on the various programmes and ask

people to give over some money. Hundreds of schools are also

involved and students and teachers pay to dress up for the day.

5upermarkets, shops and garages sell red plastic noses and

millions of people wear these about for fun; some people even

buy extra large noses which they had fix to the front of their cars.

TEST 1, PAPER 3 -

~ For Questions 56-65 , read the text below. Use the word given in capitalsat the end ofeach line to form a word that fits the space in the same line. There is an example at thebeginning (O).

Example: G exclting I

Writeyouranswers on the separate answer sheet.

ABORIGINAL STORIES

Australian Aborigines are famous for their (O). .c3><c;i.t.lng... stories,

which are read not from a text but from their (56) . . These

(57) . . stories form the body of Aboriginal culture and

(58) . . , which make up their unique world view.

The stories. which are often very (59) . , are told by pointing

out and walking along large tra eks of land; it can be said, therefore, that

the (60) . . of Aborigines are lived out as if in agiant natural

storybook. It is also (61). . that Aboriginalland has a strange

way of creating its own (62) .

When they talk about a place of (63) . . Aborigines say that

the land has a 9i that either likes you or makes you feel disturbed and

(64). . In fact, if you sit under a tree there is a

(65) ... . that it is watching you, listening to you and that It

may even talk to you.

TipStrip

oRead the text for general understanding.

o Decide what type of word you need for each gap (e.g. noun, adjective etc.).

o Look at the who le sentence, not just at the iine containing the gap.

o You should make no more than two changes to the word.

o You may need to add a prefix or suffix to som e words.

o Some words may be positive or negative. Check the meaning of the tex!.

oRead through the text and check that your words make sense.

o Check your spelling very carefully.

Question s8: 15a noun, a verb or an adjective needed here?

Question 64: Read this sentence very carefully.ls this word going to express a positive ornegative idea?

Question 6S:ls this word going to be singular or piurai?

En TEST 1, PAPER 3~

EXCITE

SURROUND

TRADITION

KNOW

THEATRE

LIFE

BELlEF

PERSONAL

IMPORTANT

COM FORT

POSSIBLE

PAP ER 4 Listening (approximately40 minutes)

~-- You'lIhearpeopletalkingineightdifferentsituations.ForQuestlons1-8, choosethebestanswer, A, B or C.

TipStrip

oRead the questionbefore the options andunderline the keywords.

o Eachquestion is basedon a different listeningtext and carries aseparate marko

o Focuson each newtextas you hear it; don'tlook ba ck at the oneyou have just dane arlook ahead to whatcomes nex!.

o Decide on one of theoptions after the firstlistening.

o Usethe secondlistening to check thatyou are correc!.

o Ifyou are not sure,make a sensible guess.

o Do not listen for singlewords, but for thegeneral meaning.

o Don't wony aboutwords that you don'tknow.

o Beprepared for shortdialogues as well asmonologu es.

Question 2: You'lI hearthe speaker mentionplants, flowers andbutterflies, as well as 'alikinds of tiny creaturescrawiing around'.

Question 3: What wasthe secretary's message?

Question S: What can'tthe man find?

You hear a radio announcement about a transport problem.What is the problem to do with7A the railwaysB the roads

C the alrports

2 You hear a man being interviewed on the radio.What is the topie of his new book?A insectsB flowersC butterflies

3 You hear a woman talking to her friend on the phone.What has happened?A Her meeting was cancelled.B Her meeting was boring.CHer meeting was difficult.

4 You hear an advertisementfor a concert.

What is belng offered?

A two tickets for the price of oneB a ticket which includes supperC a specialticket for a family

5 You hear a man talking to a hotel manager.What is he asking for?A a new suitcaseB a smali lock

C a sparekey

6 You hear an artist talking about a trip to an exhibition.What is she looking forward to7A seeing her work on displayB meeting some new artistsC buying an 011painting

7 You hear a businesswoman talking to her assistantover the phone.What is the reasonfor her calI'

A She'sleft her laptop on her deskoB She'sleft her diary behind.C She'sleft her passport in a drawer.

8 You hear a man phoning through an order for a takeaway mea!.Where does he want it delivered?A to his carB to his offlceC to his studio

TEST 1, PAPER 4

11I

1___1 2 I

I 3 I

I 14I

I 5 I

I 6 I

L 171

I 8 I

liD

'P 'AtR\T;:i(12 ~E1!%t~j'f.~

TipStrip

.The questions followthe order of the tex!..Beforeyou listen, readthe questions. Thinkabout the kind ofinformationwhichismissing..Thewords you need towrite are on the tape,but not in the sameorder as the questionsentences. Itis not adictation..Write1-3 words in eachspace. Ifthe answer isa number,you canwrite it in figures arwords..Oon't repeat the wordsand ideas whicharealready in the questionsentence..Checkthat your wordar phrase isgrammaticallycOllectand makes sense..Checkyour spelling.

Question 9: What kind ofinformation would youexpect to complete thissentence?

Questlon 10: Are youlistening for a verb or anoun for this gap?

Question 14: What kindof things would theCentre not want peopleto do inside?

lfD

You will hear part of a radio interview with a man who is the director of an Environmental

Centre. For Questions 9-18, complete the sentences.

The EnvironmentalCentre has been open for I 0

The Centre hasworking displaysof sun and wind I I~

School children visit the Centre to carry out a

I @]on the environment.

The majority of coursestake I ~ '

apart fram ones in the summer.

Accommodation is provided in basic I ~ made of wood.

The Centre does not allow anyone I ~ inside.

The course on garden wildlife and different plants is called

I @]gardening.

The most popular course shows people how to save I ~

The cost of a course depends on whether people have a

I ~ ornot.

The Centre hasa I ~ to make sure nobody is refuseda place on a course.

TEST " PAPER 4

v--

'P.'.AYR;TJ;lk3~~ You will hear five different people talking about the importance of modern inventions. For

Questions 19-23, choose fram the list A-F the reason each speaker gives for the

importance of the invention to them personally. Use the letters only ance. There is one

extra letter which you do not need to use.

A It entertains me.

Speaker 1 I 1191

Speaker2 1 120I

Speaker3 I 121 1

Speaker4 1 1221

Speaker 5 I 1231F It's always wit h me.

TipStrip

.There are five different speakers talking on a similar topie. You hear all five ance, then all fiveare repeated..Read the instructions carefuily. What will the people be talking about?.Before you listen, read the options A to F..During the first listening, note down each speaker's main idea. Mark the option closest to thisidea.

. During the second iistening, check your answers. You may need to change same of them.

B: Listen out for the speaker who talks about the ways of guaranteeing contact with other people.

E: Twa people mention relaxing, but only one of them speaks about it in the context of the

invention which is most important for them personally.

F: What is another way of saying that something is always with you?

T E S T 1-p,POD A

B It guarantees contact.

C It helps my memory.

D It provides an escape.

E It's removed a pressure.

~~'Wj;li\!J-'-! You will hear a radio interview with a researehseientist.Foreaehol the Questions24-30,decide whieh ol the statements areTrueand whieh are False,Write T lor True or F for

False in the boxes provided.

24 The 'smart pili' is a new drug. I 1241

I 1251

1 1261

1 i 271

1 1281

I 1291

I 130I

25 It's easy for some people to take the wron g medicine.

26 People don't mind about making mistakes.

Most people are impressed with the new system for reading labeis.27

28 People ean hear personal information with the new system.

29 The labeisare designed to speakaloud

30 Most people are afraid of the new teehnology.

TipStrip

.The questions follow the order of the texL.Before you listen, underline the key word s in the statements. Verbs and adjectives are oftenimportanL.The ideas in the statements will be mentioned on tape; listen carefully to check that thestatement reflects what is said.

Question 24: Does Andrew say that the smart pili is a new drug or is it something else?

Question 26: Andrew says that people 'worry about getting things wrong'. How is this commentreflected in the statement'

Question 3°: Andrew says that people 'become confiden\'. Does this mean they are afraid ofsomething?

HI! TEST 1, PAPER 4

PAPER 5

TipStripPart1.Theexaminer

(interlocutor) will askyouquestions in turn. Don'tpreparea littie speechabout yourself. Listencarefully to the examiner'squestionswhich will beabout you,your famlly,your interestsand otherthings to do with the lifeyou lead.Answerthequestionsas fully and asnaturally as you can.

Part2.Aminute is quite a longtime to talk. If you do notcleariy understandwhatyou havebeenasked todo, ask the examinertorepeat the task for you.(within reasonyou won'tloseany marksfor dOingthis).Don't speaktoo fasL.If you don't knowa word

in oneofthe photographs,try to describe it usingother words to explainwhat you mean..Don't give separatedescriptions of eachpicture. (ompare andcontrast them from thevery beginning..Don't interrupt yourpartner'sturn. Listencarefullyandthenrespondbriefly to thequestion which theexaminerwill put to youat the endof yourpartner's turn.

Part3.Askyour partner forhis/her opinions, don'tiust saywhat you think..Youhaveto talk for 3 min,50 don't decide ar agreetoo 500 n - talk about allthe pictures first..You don't have to agreewith your partner.

Part 4The examiner may ask youquestions in turn, ar mayask general questions foryou bot h to answer. For

example, the examiner maysay 'And what about you?What do you think? Do youagree?'You don't have to agreewith your partner, but trynot to interrupt; let yourpartner finish, then saywhat you think.Try to give reasons for youropinions and make youranswers as fuli as possible.

Speaking (14 minutes)

~);,'~:;~?!l~~~h;:1~~1{j1.\(3 minutes)

The examiner (interloeutor) will ask eaeh ol you to speak brielly in tum and to give

personal information about yourselves. You can expeet a variety ol questions, sueh as:

Where do you come lrom?

Have you always lived there/here?

Can you tell us what it's like? Would you like to live anywhere else7

~ (4minutes)

You will eaeh be asked to talk for a minute without interruption. You will eaeh be given

two dillerent photographs in tum to talk about. After your partner has finished speakingyou will be asked a brief question conneeted with your partner's photographs.

Eating out (compare, eontrast and speculate)

Tum to pietures 1 and 2 on page 151 whieh show people eating out in diflerent places.

Candidate A, compare and contrast these photographs and say why you think the peoplehave ehosen to eat in these partieular plaees. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate B, whieh ol these would you like to eat in?

Television (eompare, contrast and speeulate)

Tum to pietures 1 and 2 on page 152 whieh show people making a television programme.

Candidate B, compare and contrast these photographs and say how you think the peopleare feeling in these photographs. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate A, do you enjoy watehing television?- (3 minutes)

You will be asked to diseuss something together without interruption by the examiner. Youwill have a page of pietures to help you.

People and travel (diseuss and evaluate)

Tum to the pietures on page 153 whieh show different lorms of transport. How populardo you think these diflerent lorms ol transport are with different people?

~ (4minutes)

The examiner will encourage you to develop the topie of your diseussion in Part 3 byasking questions sueh as:

Is it important to have a eheap publie transport system? Why (not)?

Do you think people should pay more to use their own ears7 Why (not)?

What do you think is the safest lorm ol transport? Why?

lf you go on a lon g journey, what form of transport do you choose7 Why?

TEST 1, PAPER 5 UB

PAPER 1--

169--


You are going to read a newspaper article about living and working in Antarctica. Choose

the most suitable heading from the list A-I for each part 1-7 of the article. There is one

extra heading which you do not need to use. There is an example at the beginning (O).


TipStrip

.Part 1 asks you to match summary sentences ar headings to parts of an article..Readthe text for general understanding and don't worry if there are same words which youdon't recognise; foeus on understanding the main point of each paragraph..Then look at the paragraph headings; don't expect the words from the text to match..Check your answers carefully.

Heading A: Why might people at Davis Station want to avoid others occasionally?

Heading B: This talks about being 'forced to remain'. Which paragraph talks about people havingno choice but to stay where they are7Heading E: Could this heading be redundant as the whole article is about living in freezingconditions?

Heading H: This mentions 'a varied community'. Which paragraph illustrates the variety ofpeople?

TEST 2, PAPER

Dark days141~--- C

Thelastship of the season has left; the next will not be

here until December. There will be eight months ofisolation, cut off from the rest of the world on the edgeof the world's coldest, remotest continent: Antarctica.

I 1 I JThe people who spend the winter at Davis Station inAntarctica regard the departure of the last ship not withfear but with something like a feeling of relief. Gone arethe bnsy days of summer, the helicopters, the crowd ofpeople. Naw life starts again.

I2 I J

There are more than 40 research projects being carriedout in Antarctica but many of the scientists have left bythe time winter arrives. The station is home to physicists,biologists, weather observers, mechanics,

communications technicians, electricians, carpenters,plumbers, a doctor and a chef. There is al50 a stationleader whose job it is to keep everyone happy andproductive and to look after all the paperwork. Whenmost of the team arrive each year iDDecember, the sunnever sets. By the beginning of the following .Tuneit willnever rise, sa people have to get used to many darkdays.

I 3 I IIt doesn't matter what hours people choose to wark 50long as the work getsdane,sa theycanstart andfinishwork at whatever times suit them. The first real meal of

the day, a hot breakfast, is served at 10am. There is ahot lunch and a hot supper but putting on weight is apotential problem for many people. The doctor is thereto advise on diet and exercise and a gym is available tohelp people keep fit.

Inevitably, smali social groups develop within thisisolated community. There is usually a group of smokers,a group of video watchers, a group of people who sit andchat. As people try to maintain contact with home sa thecost of phone bills increases, but in any case there isnothing else to spend money on.

I5 I I

It is quite common for the sea to freeze during April andinsteadof waveslappingthe beach,thickplatesof iceliftand move with the tide. ance the sea ice has been

checked to see if it is strong enough to walk on, one canski over and fish through the holes. Eventually itbecomes strong enough for vehicJes to drive on it andthe researchers can open up a new road system to enablethem to drive around the coast in minutes, to huts which

could only be reached after hours of walking in summer.

161 _J

Trips to the huts are the only means of physicallyescaping from life on the station. Same trips are forscience, others for recreation and a way of having samepersonal and private space. Same trips can be made onfoot ar skis, but in winter they are usually in vehicJes.

I 7 I

There are no animalsas theyallleave for the winter,butin spring seals and seabirds and penguins arrive. Onlyhum ans stay in Antarctica for the fuli year, and althoughtheir lives are comfortable they are still isolated andimprisoned. They have good food, comfortablebuildings,telephones,entertainment,the internet,butfor many months at a time no chance of leaving.

TEST 2, l'lDPAPER

A Avoiding human contact

B Forcedto remain

C The most lonely place on earth

D A choiceof routine

E Freezingtemperatures

F Alternative routes

G Looking ahead

H A varied community

I The need for human contact

m;B:'WJ;.~~ You aregoing to read an article about one young Englishperson'sexperienceof a 'gapyear',ayearspentoverseas,inChina,betweenleavingschoolandgoing to university.Forquestions8-14, choosethe correct answerA, B, e ar D.


I am led into a large, whitewashed room2 to face a jury of 99. They are arranged in

rows, and we look at each other througha do ud of ye11owchalk dust. They havenever met a foreigner before and eye menervously as I step forward. I am inChina for a year to wark with 20-year-oldstudents learning English. It felt oddbeing younger than my students, but Inever felt too inexperienced to cope.

It had not been an easy choice to take theopportunity of doing a gap year. I wasafraid of not being able to settle down toa life of studying when I returned and oflosing touch with my friends. But ance

16 the decision was made, I looked forsomewhere cha11engingto live and wark,with the possibility of travelling aroundthe country at the end of my warkplacement.

I worked at a huge, concrete institute in acity with a million inhabitants and I grewto love it. The size of the dass whichcould sometimes indude up to 99students, of very mixcd ability andenthusiasm, left me feeling exhausted,but rewarded.

One of the best things about the work29 was that I met hundreds of people, and

fclt appreciated and welcomed by them -people who had had practically nocontact with the West. In China,

~ TEST 2, PAPER

everyone wants to be your friend.My best Chinese mate was Mr Chow, a35-year-old electronics teacher with asan, wifc, and a cheerfuJ face like a fulimoon. I helped him with his English andhe coached me at table tennis, and taughtme how to ride a motorbike. Best of a11,he was a great storyteller, and some ofmy best nights were spent eating withhim and his family. In China I learnt thatfnn takes on different forms. 43

In the more remote areas of China where

life and landscape have changed little inhundreds of years, you can really feel likea cross between a celebrity and a creaturefrom outer space. I've becn on trainjourneys when kids have asked me to signtheir c1othes,been on television a fewlimes - and just what do yon say whenChinese men are stroking your legs,amazed by the fact that they are sa hairy?

Sa, what have I come away with? I hadno choice but to adapt, budget, bargainand become more independent. There'sno faster way to grow up than having tostand in front of those 99 students, allolder than yourself and tell sameone offfor turning up late again to a lesson.

Most of all I loved the experience ofliving in a different country and thechallenge of trying to understand it.

TipStrip

Question 9: Always readwhat has come before aswell as what comes afterwit h this kind ofquestion.

Question 10: Don't bemislead by word-spotting; at thebeginning of thetext the writer mentionsthe fact that the students

eyed him 'nervously'.

8 What does the useof the word 'jury' suggest about the writer's feelings in line 2?

A Hethinks he has committed a crime.

B The students already find him boring.e He cannot understand their behaviour.D He knows they want to seewhat he is like.

9 What doesthe word 'decision' in line 16 refer to?

A going to universityB returning homeegoing abroadD contacting friends

10 Which phrase best sums up the writer's feelings about his job?

A concernedand nervousB tired but fulfillede enthusiasticbut worriedD successfuland excited

11 How do the 'hundreds of people' react to the writer? (line 29)

A Theywere suspiciousof him.B Theywere amused by him.e Theywere sociableto him.D Theywere puzzled by him.

12 What does the writer suggest by saying 'fun takes on different forms' in line 43?

A He was surprised at his enjoyment of simple things.B He got more fun fram learning than teaching.e He missedWestern forms of entertainment.D He enjoyed meeting his students outside lessons.

13 The children wanted the writer to sign their clothes becausehe was

A famous.B unusual.

e popular.D funny.

14 What does the writer conclude about his gap year?

A It enabled him to learn Chinese.B He learnt how to control a class.

e He learnt to cope with foreigners.D It helped him become more mature.

TEST 2, DJIPAPER

- You are going to read a magazine article about a man who used to wark at London Zoo.

Eight paragraphs have been removed fram the article. Choose fram the paragraphs A-I

the one which flts each gap 15-21. There is one extra paragraph which you do not needto use. There is an example at the beginning (O).


RATTLING CAGETHEWhen Oliver Graham-.Jonesfirst anived at London Zoo in 1951, he came across

a num ber of difficulties. The zoo had changed little since it was built in 1823 and the keepers who

looked after the animals were used to organising things their own way.

loJ G I

However, a new law changed all that in 1948 and onlyqualified vets were allowed to treat animals. Thekeepers, used to being in charge, disliked having a cleveryoung boss with new ideas.

1151

He made such a fuss in the first year that many of thekeepers refused to speak to him. He quarrelled withalmost everybody and after a year the zoo managementdecided that his job would remain on a temporarycontract.

1161

On one occasion when Mr Graham-Jones orderecl that

the heating in the animal houses shou!d be switched off,the keepers went on strike.

117J

Despite all the arguing, the young vet was responsiblefor some major new improvements anclmostimportant!y for setting up the zoo's animai hospital.

1181 J

Today Mr Graham-Jones, now in his eighties, is againstanimals being in cages. 'In an ideal worlcl,there wouldn'tbe places like London Zoo. We would have only safariparks as these are the best places to keep animals.'

1191 ___I

'However, to be fair to London Zoo, the managementhas done the best possible anclopened up the animalsareas as much as they can. But peopIe nowadays havecars.' The situation is clearly different horn 1948.

120I 1

Things have certainIy changecl.When Mr Graham-Jonesfirst joined the zoo he actually lived in the zoo grounds.

1211 ILater on he moved to live off site ancleventually in 1966he left the zoo altogether anclbecame a college lecturer.

HJI TEST 2, PAPER 1.

TipStripAnother task in Part 3asks you to replaceparagraphs into anarticle.

oRead through the textcarefully 50 that youhave a generalunderstanding.

o Lookverycarefullyatthe whoie paragraph,before and aher eachgap.

oRead through theparagraph options andflnd one that fits interms of topic andlanguage links..Re-readthe text andthe paragraphs again tocheck that they makesense.

Paragraph C: Look at thetone of this paragraph asanother clue for fitting itinto the text.

Paragraph O: Anotherclue: look the way inwhich OG]'swords echowhat has just beenmentioned in theprevious paragraph.

Paragraph E: The phrase'at last' summarises theend of OG]'s battle to getthings changecl.

A'The lion and monkey houses were shut up at 4pm when the keepers wenthorne, leaving alI the heating turned on. This resulted in the overnighttemperatures being too high and, not surprisingly, a number of animalsbecame iII.'

.8 According to Mr Jones, the moment you start to put cages around animalsyou've got a man-made artificiaI environment which doesn't suit animals.

c 'Nobody really wanted me,' said Mr Graham-Jones. 'The zoo keepers hadtheir own ideas about nutrition, about what the animals shouid eat and theseidea, had been handed down over the years horn keeper to keeper. It tooktwa years for me to settle in.'

D 'I didn't care if the job was temporary for 10years; the zoo neecled me and Iwas determinecl to improve the conditions for the anima!s.'

/E He felt that he was at last in charge of a proper cIinic where he could give theanimals the quality of care he felt they deserved. The faciiities incIudecla fullyequipped operating theatre in a clean ancl healthy environment.

FI 'They clon't need Londem Zoo - they can go to the country and visit safari

parks, which are much better for anima!s. I'm not anti-zoo, all I'm saying isthat places like this have served their purpose. Modern zoo keeping is ratherdifferent.'

G They only ever calIed in a vet - someone who speclalised in treating siekanimals - when it was absolutely neeessary.

H The plan was a disaster. He ran out of money, deeided that hc didn't want tocontinue working as a vet and that he would re-train as a doctor.

To enable him to look after the zoo's 800 animals he had a fiat situated

between the seals ancl the hippos! Although very convenient, the fiat wasdecicledly noisy, especially in the early morning.

TEST 2, iZDPAPER

- You are going to read a magazine article in which four different women talk about the

Importance of their own personalspace. For questions 22-35, choose from the people

A-D. The people may be chosen more than once. When more than one answer is

requlred, these may be given in any order. There 15an example at the beginning (O),


Which of the women

spends her day in conversation with others7

would like to take exercise during the day?

[ITQ][E:C][EC]~~@CJ~~[ITC:][E:c::J@I=:J~~

~

worries she might upset other people?

builds in a special time to be alone at home? @Descapes outside to find peace and quiet?

likes to prepare mentally for what is to come 7

gets annoyed if she has no time to herself?

thinks other people may feel equally stressed?

relies entirely on her home envlronment for space?

feels pressurised by too many demands at work?

relies on personalspace early in the day?

creates space for herself even If she is not at home?

has no time to relax dunng her working day?

TipStrip

Question22: Look for sameone expressing a wlsh.

Question 26: What word expresses the same Idea as 'peace and quiet'?

Question 32: Look for how a list of thlngs conveys how the person feels.

IID.!B TEST 2, PAPER 1

--

l always need to get away from other people at somepoint during the day. It's not that I don 't get on with

others, I've loads of frlends But I wark in a reallybusy office in the centre of town and from the

moment Ileave home each mornlng it's non-stop.

Crowds on the buses, busy streets, office bustle,

phones, e-mail, do this, do that ... By the time the

end of the day comes, l'm desperate for same peaceand quiet. Even if I'm going out later in the evening, I

always make sure 1 have at least an hour to myself

without anyone belng able to disturb me. I arrive

home, make myself a drink and Ile on the sofa. l closemy eyes and relax by concentrating on each part ofmy body in turn, beglnning with my necko Even If I'maway from home, I try to find the time just to bealone in order to unwind and recharge my batteries.If I don't make this space for myself, 1feel really tenseand irritable.

I share a student fiat wit h three others, 50 there'snever a quiet moment. When 1come back from

college in the evenings it's quite likelythat there'llbe other people there as well and we'll ali havesupper together. It's great fun but towards the end of

the evenlng l feel really tlred and 50 Ilike to disappearby myself for a while. It's hopeless to try and find anyprivacy in the fiat, 50 l go out for a walk. Whatever

the weather, I walk through the park which is quiteclose. Late at night It's usually empty. There are justshadows and the rustle of anlmals and birds. It's verypeaceful and it gives me the opportunlty to reflect onthe day and to thlnk about what I have to do the

next day. When l get ba ck to the fiat I like to gostraight to bed. Usually I fali asleep pretty quicklyeven If the others are still up and chatting or listeningto musie. If I don 't get this time to myself, 1'11be like abear with a sore head the next morning and not niceto knowi

fe ":JBeatr'ii»:j:'\:T:0:;iiii.i;

I'm a night owi and l absolutely hate getting up inthe mornlngs. If people try and talk to me beforemidday, I really snap at them. Being an actress meansthat I wark late 50 It's important that I create spacefor myself at the beginning of each day. And becausel use my voice 50 much, in fact totally depend on it, llike to rest my voice and just 115tento music when Iwake up. I don't even want to hear other people'svoices. some people find thls very hard to understandand get quite cross when I tell them not to contact

me before noon. I tell them it's nothing personal butthey still sound offended I'm sure It must be the

same for singers and, who knows, maybe teachersand lecturers get fed up with hearing the sound oltheir own voice and simply long to be by themselvessomewhere, in complete silence.

\D..:':Nc:)talie'V,,(:;;"i:.4"?(iC

I work in a cali centre, which means l'm constantlyonthe phone. Apart from lunch and two short breaks

during the day l'm speaking to people ali day long.And of course you never get to see who you'respeaking tol Bythe end of my shift I'm exhausted,not because I'mrushlng around or l'm on my feet aliday but simply because I've spent the day talking andlistening. The breaks are sa short that there's no time

to do anything other than get a drink and somethingto eat. I'd love to be able to go for a walk but there'snowhere to escape to within easy walking distance.The building where I work is in the middle of an

industrial estate, you can't even see a single tree. 50my fiat is fuli of.house plants and when I get homeit's wonderful to be able to relax, surrounded by alithe greenery. I lie on the floor, stretch out, look up atthe plants and try to imagine I'm In a tropicalrainforest miles away!

TEST 2, PAPER 1 OB

PAPER 2-si"Ble YOO\MS?

i"ch",Ai"B \Me",ls?

IED

Writing (1 hour 30 minutes)

Youmust answer this question.

You and your friends are organising a class trip. You have seen the advertisement

below, but you need more information. Using the notes you have made, write toOut of Class, giving necessary details and asking for further information.

Out of ClassLet us organise your trip anywhere

in the wor/d!

. specialpricesfor large groups

. range of sporting activities

. comfortable accommodation

. individual information packs

Be\- e><:"'\Mpleso-P I-wo co"",tvies

wv.",\- ,Ao \-v.ey \Me"'" "Y I"'Y~e?-rell \-v.e\M "'"o"'\- OlAycI",ss.

v.oyse-yi,A"'B?

",cI""A"'B wv.",\-?

Write a letter of between 120 and 180 words in an appropriate style. Do not write anyaddresses.

TEST 2, PAPER 2

....-

PIAjR'T ;":32':f;;:;"?~.,r Write an answer to one of the questions2-5 in this part. Write your answer in 120-180words in an appropriate style.

2 An international magazine is asking young people to send in articles which will bepublished in a special edition. The title of the article is:

The person in the world I would most /ike to meet and why.

Write your article.

3 You have decided to enter a short story competition. The rules of the competition arethat your story must begin with the following words:Joni closed the door very quietly and waited.

Write your story.

This is part of a letter you receive from an English-speaking pen friend.

I didn't know you were going camping with your friends. What was it like?Do tell me ali about it when you next write.

Write your letter telling your pen friend about your camping experience. Do not writeany addresses.

4

5 Answer one of the following two questionsbased on your reading of one of the setbooks.

Either (a) Which of the characters in the book is your favourite?With reference to the book you have read, write a compositionexplaining why you especially like this character.

(b) 'This book is a reallygood read.' Write a composition sayingwhether you agree or disagree with this statement and giving yourreasons why.

Or

TipStrip

Questlon 2:.Remember you are writing for young people.Pick somebody you know something about(pop star? actor?) 50 you can say whyyou would 50 much like to meet him/her.

Questlon3'.Plan your story before you start writing. Hasit got abeginning,a middleandanend?.Think about verb sequences, e.g. Past simple/Past perfect..Try to make your story as interesting aspossible..Remember that stories don't have greetingsor headings.

Questlon 4:.Explain to your friend why you hadn'tmentioned you were going camping.

.Tell hlm/her who you went camping with;mention a few things that happened whilstyou were camping and whether or not youenjoyed yourself..Use an informal style, but start and end theletter in an appropriate letter format.

Question 5(a),.Choose acharacter whom you feel you knowwell from the story 50 that you can inciudeplenty of reasons as to why he/she is yourfavourite..Use a neutral to forma' style.

Question 5(b):.Say whether you agree or dlsagree with thestatement..Include examples from the book to justifyyour opinion, and to make it ciear why youenjoyed/didn't enjoy reading It.

. Use a neutral to formai style.

TEST 2, PAPER 2 -lI

PAPER 3

])'A';:;R ::,;1"/'~,;' ~~:iJ'::fffi

lip Strip

Question4: The writerdoes not believe peoplego tor the coffee.

Question 7: Which wordcan be used wit houtneeding an objec!?

Question 11: Which verbis invariably used with'business'?

Dl


For Questions 1-15, read the text belowand decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits

each space. There is an example at the beginning (O).

Markyour answerson the separate answer sheet.

Example:O A hopped C jumped D poppedlookedB

066~tibl

COFFEE CULTURE

The other day I wanted a cup of coffee, 50 I (O) ' into the bank. Isat ina 50ftarmchairand watched the world (1) , which, in this case, was the (2) for the servicesof thebank clerks. I'm joking. of course, but this could soon be common in banks jn big cities.

The (3) for 'real coffee' in Britain, like that for mobile phones, seems never-ending.However, the (4) ..'" is that the attraction for many British people (5) not so much inthe coffee as in the 'coffee culture' that surrounds it. This is to do with big, soft sofas andthe idea that if you sit on one, you too can (6) the actors in the American TV comedyFriends.

In London,the firstcafe opened in 1652. Men would (7) there, often at (8) timesduring the day, to (9) news and gossip, discuss (10) of the day and (11) .....business. The cafes acted as offices and shops in which merchants and agents, clerks andbankers could carry out their (12) .

In Londontoday it is (13) that there are more than 2000 cafes and the number is(14) . . It won't be long before coffee issold everywhere.Youcan alreadybuy it inhospitals, motorway service stations, supermarkets and at tourist (15) throughoutthe country.

TEST 2, PAPER 3

..,........

PiA1'R~;i.;;~2'~~ For Questions 16-30, read the text belowand think of the word which best fits eachspace. Use only one word in each space. There is an example at the beginning (O).


Example:

0 their I

SPORTS TOURISM

Hundredsof thousands ol fans travel worldwide to watch (O) :th.e-ir favouritesport - an international match, a tennis championship, a Formula One Grand Prix.

In recent years (16) has been a huge increasein sports tourism.(17) longer are people content to (18) .." in an armchairtowatch their teams ar sporting stars on television. They want to be (19) ..............the action is, (20) """""""""'" they pa ck thejr bags and head straight for the airport.

In (21) to the usual sporting events, the Olympic Games are held(22) four years.TheOlympicsmayonly last a coupleol weeks, but(23) """"""'" affect the host cityfor severalyearsbefore.Newfacilities(24) to be built, not just for the Gamesthemselves(25) ..............alsolor the thousandsol internationalvisitors(26) , ' cometo stay.Theeffectsare also lelt outside the host city (27) . many visitorschoose toexplorethe surroundingregion.andthis(28) a lastingeffecton tourismin the country.For example,(29) the 1992 Olympic Gameswere heldin Barcelona,in Spain, the city has(30) an extremelypopular touristdestination.

lipStrip

Question 21: The word both before and after the gap and the second part of the sentence

should help you decide what kind of word is missing.

Question 26: What type ot word goes here? What word can stand in tor a noun?

Question 29: What kind of word are you likely to need when referring to a date in the past?

TEST 2, PAPER 3 DJI

1 A fly past B go by C pass on D walk along2 A queue B line C wait D sea rch3 A demand B development C claim D supply4 A sense B suspect C suspicion D style5 Aleans B lies C occupies D rests6 A be B feel C join D contact7 A bring B fetch C take D gather8 A regular B right C correct D perfect9 A give B exchange C offer D establish

10 A thoughts B issues C feelings D circumstances11 A make B perform C do D form12 A trading B transactions C information D works13 A estimated B guessed C taken D told14 A raising B growing C succeeding D remaining15 A scenes B points C attractions D matters

~&A7iRf)J'it~it3)*;,t~b~~?ili

TipStripQuestion32: What kindof word do you need toput after 'wish'?

Question 35: Whatpreposition do you needto make this word jnto aphrasal verb meaning'scold'?

Question 4°: Carefu l -you will need to replace'expensive' wit h anotherword.

IED

For Questions 31-40, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to thefirst sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must usebetween two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (O).

Example: O The bag is not big enough for ali my luggage.smali

The bag . for ali my luggage.

The gap can be filled by the word s 'is too smali' so you write:

G is too smali I


31 'Don't speak so loudly, John,' sa id Petra.asked

Petra. so loudly.

32 l'm sorry l can't meet you this evening.wish

I..... . this evening.

33 lt may rain later so take an umbrella.case

Take an umbrel la. later.

34 David carried on working despite feeling very sleepy.even

David carried on working .....

35 Marie scolded her son for breaking the vase.told

very sleepy.

Marie. for breaking the vase.

36 I am not interested in computers.interest

Computers me.

37 We were all surprised to see Kitty at the party.surprise

To. . to the party.

38 The Beatles are thought by many people to be among the world's best pop groups.that

Many people ........were The Beatles.

the world's best pop groups

39 Is it ali right for me to borrow your car?if

Do. . your car?

40 The rent for this fiat is more expensive than I had expected.as

The rent for this fiat is l had expected.

TEST 2, PAPER 3

1P;~"lJRftr,~~,j[#l 1~%~{~~i~;;

TipStrip

Une 46: Whichconjunction isn't neededhere?

Une 49: Which wordcould be used in thissentence but is in thewrong position here?

O

00

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

For Questions 41-55, read the text belowand look carefully at each line. Some of thelines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there.

If a line is correct, put a tick (0/) by the number on the separate answer sheet. lf a linehas a word which should not be there, write the word on the separate answer sheet.There are examples at the beginning (Oand 00).

'"mpl. ~ v I

00 Jnto

TIME TRA VEL

... Have you ever wished you could travel ba ck into the past

to change into some moment in your life? Have you ever

wanted to visit some important event in the history7 Time

travel is a wonderful idea but it is fuli of difficulties. One

famous scientist, is Stephen Hawking, has sa id that if time

travel was possible we would be visited by time tourists. But

as we are since obviously not visited by su ch people, then time

travel is impossible. Other scientists, and however, disagree

with him and argue that our planet, Earth, is so far tiny a part

of the universe that time travellers have not vet visited this time

and place. Would it be possible so to travel into the future?

Scientists say that there this is almost certainly impossible,

although there is a faint ray of hope. lt is believed that in the

future the universe will stop or expanding and start to grow smaller.

This may allow travel into the future although there is one rli1ajor

problem: it will take on another few billion years before the

universe reaches to this stage.

TEST 2, PAPER 3 liD

- For questions 56-65, read the text below.Usethe word givenineapitalsat the end ofeaeh line to form a word that fits the spaee in the same line. There tSan example at thebeginning (O).

Example: G organisation I

Wrlte your answers on the separate answer sheet.

VOICES FOUNDATION

Voices Foundation is a musie education (O)o.rgal1i.s.a~i.o.n. Its founder,

Susan Digby, believes (56) . . that learning to sing is the

best way to intraduee ehildren to musie. 'Playing a (57) .

instrument is difficult, and the (58) . . of ehildren who begin

usually give up, but everyone has a voice,' she says.

Digby's (59) . . for the Foundation came when she was

travelling in Hungary 'People there believe that a child's

(60) . . benefits from musie edueation, and it has

a (61) . . effeet on other skilis, like

(62) . . and linguistie skilis. Musie edueation pravides a

training whleh extends children's (63) . . and listening

powers.' Digby believes that if ehildren get (64) . . fram

singing, they are more likely to learn an instrument (65) .

when they are older.

TipStrip

Question 56: 15an adverb, a verb ar an adjective needed here?

Question 58: 15the word required more frequently used in its singular arpiurai form?

Question 63: Take care with the spellingof this word.

liD TEST 2, PAPER 3

..

ORGANISE

PASSlON

MUSIC

MAJOR

INSPIRE

DEVELOP

SIGNIFY

MATHEMATICS

COMMUNICATE

ENJOY

WILL

PAP ER 4

p':A.jf,ll.~jI'~~~J%k,,*~Wfii!

TipStrip

Question 2: What do youleam when the womansays 'l'd make It and takeit with us when we're outwalking'?

Question 6: Where didthese early plays takeplace?

Question8: Listenout forwhen the woman says'what's really attractive';this will help you foeuson the answer.

Listening (approximately40 minutes)

You'll hear people talking in eight different situations. For Questions 1-8, choose the bestanswer, A, B or C.

1 You hear part of a radio programme about a sports personality.What has he reeentlyaehieved?A a new sporting reeordB another gold medalC a finaneial reward

2 You hear a woman asking for a recipe.What does shewant to make?

A something for supperB something for a partyC something for a pienic

3 You hear man talking about animals.

Whatis he recommending?A feeding a pet a balanceddietB giving a pet plenty of exereiseC making sure a pet is looked after

4 You hear part of a radio pragramme about travelling abroad.Who is speaking?A a journalistB a tour guideC a travel agent

5 You overheara student talking about one of her classes.What hasshe done?

A missedattending a classB withdrawn fram a elass

C complained about a elass

6 You hear a woman talking about a new book on the theatre.What is the best title for the book?

A PopularStreetTheatreB TravellingTheatre PlayersC Open-air Playsand Players

7 You overhear two people diseussing a museum they have reeently visited.What kind of museum was it?

ABC

a costume museum

a natura I history museum

a transport museum

8 You hear a woman discussing a new fashion.What does she like about it?

A the colours

B the designsC the materials

T E S T 2, P A P E.R 4

11 I

121

131

L_14J

~5j

I 61

I 7 1

L- 18 I

IIED

p, A 'RT::'e:2 ;;:;;i':4~~?

TipStrip

Questlon10: Are youlikely to needa nounor a I

verb to complete thissentence?

Questlon ~3: Can youpredict what kind of wordmight fili this gap?

Questlon 14: Williammentions that 'winternights were very cold',What might people leaveon overnight?

p}A.'R,jTj";13,!"!r!":J:$}

TipStrip

Speakers 2, 3, 4 and 5mention food, but noneot them talks about avaried menu, 'Bluepotatoes', however, arementioned as beingoriginal. Which optioncontains this idea?

A: What other words dowe use when we wantto talk about 'scenery'?

D:Listen for someonewho mentjons theirneed to be away fromthe rest ot the world.

IB!II

You will hear part ot a radio programme in which a man talks about his chi Idhood in

Australia. For Questions 9-18, complete the sentences.

William could hear rain falling on the I 0 of his house.

Peopleused I ~ to stop their windows breaking.

William's parents had I ~ and torches when the electricity failed.

In the wet seasonthe I ~ were unusablebecausethey flooded.

Peoplerelied on using a I QIIto receivewhatever they wanted.

William enjoyed cycling through fields where I ~ was grown.

Bandicootsare more commonly known as I ~In Alice Springsthe I ~ are left on overnight.

Boardingschool in Australia may be I ~ from where you live.

Peoplestay I I~ during the hottest part of the day.

You will hear five different people talking about what they like about their favourite

restaurant. For Questions 19-23. choose from the list A-F what each speaker says. Use

the letters only once. There is one extra letter which you do not need to use.

A I love the scenery.

B I enjoy the varied menu.

C I like the fact that it's so ordinary.

D Ilike being cut off from reality.

E I enjoy observing everyone.

F I like it because it's different.

TEST 2, PAP ER 4

-r-

p ;"A:;R .,T.UI'~ ~'i;~;i~XCOi

TipStripAnother task in Part 4asks you to choose thebest answer in multiplechoice questions..Before you listen, read

through the questionsand underline keywords..Listen to find theanswer to a questjon,then choose the option(A, Bor C) which is thecIosest.Most questions will beabout people's feelings,ideas, attitudes andopinions.

Questlon 24: Karin saysthat 'there was no reasonwhy I shouldn't stay'.Which option reflects thisfeeling?

Question 26: Think aboutother words arexpressions for theseadjectives; you will nothear the identical wordsin the options.

Question 28: Once again,think of other similarwords that Karin mightuse to express herFeelings.

You will hear an interview with a woman who has left her own country to live abroad.For Questions24-30, choose the best answerA, B or C.

24 What made Karin decide to move to Italy?A Therewas nothing to stop heroB Her friends were alreadythere.C Shewanted to learn Italian.

25 Why did Karin return to the UK for two weeks?A to collect her furniture

B to buy a new carC to sort out her affairs

26 How did Karin feel after a few weeks in ltaly?A worried

B lonelyC unhappy

27 How did Karin find a job?A She asked her landlord's wife.B Her landlord offered her some work.

C Shewrote to a language school.

28 How did she feel about her job?

A very afraidB quite helplessC very impatient

29 When Karin first took a customer's orders,

A she smiled and spoke very softly.

B she couldn't understand what the person said.

C she managed without any problems.

30 How does Karin feel about her experience?A Things were quite easy.B Shewas very fortunate.C Shetook a very big risk.

TEST 2, PAPER 4 lI9DI

Speaker11 1191

I 1201Speaker2

Speaker31 1211

Speaker4 C@]

I 1231Speaker5

PAPER 5

TipStripPart 1o Listen to the

instructions.Make sure you do whatis asked.

o Don'tbeafraidto askyour partner ar theexaminer to repeatsomethingif youhaven't understood.

o Listento thequestionsthe examiner asks yourpartner, and listen towhat your partner says.The examiner may say'And what about you?'ar 'Do you agree?'.Don't give shortanswers. Say what youthink and why.

1mB---

Speaking (14 minutes)

D:.lr~VJ;~"'-- (3minutes)

The examiner (interlocutor) will ask each of you to speak briefly in tum and to give

persona I information about yourselves. You can expect a variety of questions, such as:

What subjects are you studying? / What job do you do?

What are you hoping to do when you leave school/college?

What are your plans for the future?

~:.If";IJ;.1\IlIB' Ja (4 minutes)

You will each be asked to talk for a minute without interruption. You will each be given

two different photographs in tum to talk aboul. After your partner has finished speaking

you will be asked a brief question connected with your partner's photographs.

ITravelling (compare, contrast and speculate)

Tum to pictures 1 and 2 on page 154 which show people traveling.

Candidate B, compare and contrast these photographs and say what you think the peoplein the photograph are feeling about travelling. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate A, do you like travelling with or without a lot of luggage?

I Playing a musical instrument (compare, contrast and speculate)

Tum to pictures 1 and 2 on page 155 which show people playing musical instruments.

Candidate A, compare and contrast these photographs and say what you think the people

in the photographs are feeling. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate B, do you play a musical instrument?

~...Ji!. (3minutes)

! Communications (discuss and evaluate)

Tum to the pictures on page 156 which show the different ways we can keep in touch

with what is happening in the world. What are the best ways of finding out what is goingon?

m:li\'~1@I;lIiII!~ , 1 (4 minutes)

The examiner will encourage you to develop the topie of your discussion in Part 3 by

asking questions such as:

is it important to know what is happening in the world7 Why (not)7

Do you think computers will eventually replace books and newspapers?

How interested are you in keeping up with the news in your own country?

Do you think there is too much news on the radio and television? Why (not)?

TEST 2, PAPER 5

"

PAPER 1 Reading (1 hour 15 minutes)- You are going to read an article about a photographer who specialises in taking

photographs of birds called storks. Choose from the list A-H the heading which bestsummarises each part (1-6) of the article. There is one extra heading which you do not

need to use. There is an example at the beginning (O).


A Storks will nest anywhere

!I' An impressive sight

C Storks unlikely tofind new nesting areas

D An important factor affectingstork numbers

E The reason for the

photographer's vis!t

G The photographer's first task

H Storks able to guarantee the!rexistence

F Storksdon't mind where theyfeed

~h:i-Le S-L~:rkslO I E ! 14 IAs I walked along the narrow slreets of a small Spanisbvillage, I felI exciled al Ihe prospecl of being allowed upanto Ihe roof of a beauliful church. My purpose in beingthere was to lake pholographs of the while storks whichhad been seen nesling in Ihe bell lower high above thevillage slreets. In fact, storks had been my licket intomany similar adventures over the years.

I 1 !Slorks are large, beautiful birds with long necks andlaking piclures of them is not easy. In towns and villagesstorks build their nests, which are like platforms madeout of twigs, high up on rooftops ar treetops. Sa myinitial job was to collect a huge key, let myself into thechurch, and climb up the bell tower sa that I could atleast see the white stork nesl on the roof of the lower.

I2 I II eventua]]y reached the top and lifted the door abovemy head. After Ihe hot, dry slreets below there was awonderful cool breeze and staring al me from their neslabout forly metres away were three half-grown storks. IIwas a marvellous scene, especially in view of the factIhat towards the end of the twentieth century there wasgreat concern about Ihe future of the white stork.

I3 ! J

IiilIiI~

The nurnbers of slorks had been decreasing for variousreasons. The major cause for Ihis decrease was probablydue to the lack of rain in West Africa. Storkstraditionally escape the European winter and depend oninsects and other animals for their food supply. Thesevere drought caused by hardly any rainfall for years inWesl Africa had reduced the storks' supply of food withdisastrous consequences.

Human development has also affecled the stork's abilityto survive, bul in Ihis case the bird has proved lObe veryadaptable. In natural environmenls, the stork nests intrees and on rocks. However, as buildings began tospread anIa the storks' naturaI nesting sites, Ihe birdsadjusled to this lass by carrying their twigs even higher.Radio towers, road signs, slatues, monuments, chimneysand even pylans carrying e1ectricityhave become loadedwith piles of twigs.

! 5 ! IAnother example of Ihe stork's amazing abilily to adjusIlO changes in Ihe environment is its diel. If a stork can'tfind sufficienl food in its naturai habilat, then it seems itwill quite happily fecd off what it can find in rubbishtips. This reliable source offood is probably one of Ihereasons why a sizeable percentage of Ihe storkpopulations in Spain no longer migrate by flying off toAfrica for the winler.

I 6 IHowever, there is a new threal lo storks on the horizon.European Union rules and regulations may affect Ihesource of food found on rubbish tips, as governments arenaw being asked to dean up rubbish tips by coveringthem over. This will obviously cut off a valuahle foodsupply for the storks. Nevertheless, like any animaI orbird which has sa successfully adapted to humandeve1opment, the slork will no doubt find a way toensure it will survive long into Ihe future.

TEST 3, PAPER 1 mu

"H~~'flt;;1~~~21V:Ii'~f~;\You are going to read an extract from an article about an unusual form of storytelling. ForQuestions 7-14, choose the correct answer A, B, e or D.

Mark your answers on the separate answer sheet,

Tip Strip

Unusual sto ryte II i ng

Question7: Make sureyou read far enough intothe text before youanswer this question!

Question10: Rememberthat this kind of questionmay require you to readboth backwards as wellas forwards in the text.

Question 11:The keyinformation is notexplicitly stated. Whatcan you tell from theboys' attitudes?

'!t's the seventh minute into a match and

we're up against one of the top clubs in

Britain. We're expected to lose. I get the

ball and I'm running as fast as I can for

the goa!. The goalkeeper ruus towards

me. Do I try to get round him or shall Ishoot?'

'Go round him,' calls out one voice.

'Shoot!' shout a few of the kids gatheredon the floor.

'I decide to shoot and I can see the ball

going wideo But then I jook up and sec

my mum blowing hard on her whistje

from the side of the pitch, and the ball

swings to the right and falls insi de the

goal post. I've just scored and we're one-nil up against the favourites.'

!t's gripping storytelling and not a single

child has moved. !t also happens that

every word is true, with the exception of

21 the bit about his mum! The speaker is a

former football player, Barry Morgan,who now works as a community

relations officer in a large city in

southern England.

Part of Barry's job involves visiting

clubs, schools and libraries along with a

professional storyteller, Rick Taylor, in

order to try and reach the kids who

mainly sit at the back of classrooms and

don't want to take part in lessans. Theywant to both excite the children's

imaginations and encourage them to

read, and so far they are delighted with

the success of the project.

The original idea for the project wasRick Taylor's. Over the years he had

collected a huge number of folk tales

and stories and had earned his ]iving

travelling around the world tell ing them.

After a one-off event with Barry

Morgan, which was a tremendous

success, Taylor decided that they shouldtry and do more. 44

'!t was particu]arly good for the kids to

have strong male role modeIs involved.Many boys grow up wanting to be

professional footballers and they'lllisten

to what we have to say far more readijythan they would listen to their teachers.

!t's not just the boys who get a lot out ofit; even though a lot of the stories are

football based, the girls never get bored,'

says Taylor.

But there areother groupsfor whomthestorytellinghasbeena learningprocess.On one occasion, for example, BarryMorgan took some young professionalfootballers with him to one of the

storytelling sessions. The playersexplained to the kids how relaxing witha book before a big game could improvetheir performance. 'Footballers have afairly short career,' says Morgan, 'andmostof themmoveon to other jobs inthe leisure industry, running a businessor public speaking. For all these careersyou need good communication skills andtelling stories to a bunch of school kids isgreat practice for the future. When Ifirst started playing football I had almostno self-confidence but nowadays I'mquite happy standing up in front of 500children.'

EH TEST 3, PAP ER 1.

7 Where is the speaker at the beginning of the article?

A running on a football pitchB playing football wit h some childrene reliving an earlier football matchD sitting in a football stadium

8 What does 'the bit about his mum' (line 21) add to what the speaker says?

A It's intended to praise his mother.

B It's intended to make his listeners laugh.e It's important to involve your mother.D l1's unusual for a woman to referee a match.

9What do we learn about the children involved in the storytelling project?

A They love reading stories in the classroom.B They enjoy being part of a club.

e They are not interested in being at school.

D They dislike having to go to libraries.

10 What does Taylor mean by 'do more' (Iine 44)?

A He wanted the opportunity to earn more money.B He needed more stories from other parts of the world.e He felt the stories they told could be more successful.

D He thought they could organise much more storytelling.

11 What is the attraction of this form of story tell ing for many boys?

A They admire the people telling the stories.B They enjoy listening to some good teachers.e They hope to become storytellers themselves.D They like the fact that girls are not included.

12 What did the young footballers recommend about reading?

A It can make you play better.B It helps you to feel relaxed.e It makes you more confident.D It makes you a better storyteller.

13 What does the writer suggest about footballers in general?

A They are not particularly well educated.B They adapt well to other professions.

e They have trouble communicating wit h people.D They have to be prepared to look for other jobs.

14 How has Morgan benefited from storytelling?

A He could take up another career.B He has become more sure of himself.

e He became a good businessman.D He enjoyed meeting new people.

TEST 3, PAP ER 1 En

;'P,;JA'§1l~~~~t;'3~J~~!.1;:'i~You are going to read a newspaper article about a writer's experience of winter in Siberia.Eight sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-I the

one that fits each gap (15-21). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.There is an example at the beginning (O).


A few years ago I decided I needed some peaee and quiet to write a book. On the grounds that

nothing from the real world could possibly disturb me out there, I arranged to swap my London fiat

for alittle town in the middle of Siberia I O I C I I had heard that it was cold enough tomake your eyes water and freeze the teardrops on your face.

I wasn't going to Siberiato get a tan. But writing a book in a cosyfiat when it was cold outside was one

thing. 1151 II had picked the town beeauseit was so remote and it had the reputation of beingone of the coldest placeson Earth.116L I

Anyway, off I drove to find my apartment in a block which I knew would be warm and well-heated by a

communal central heating system. I must confess that when I got there I was not prepared for the fact that I

had to break the ice off the door before I could open itl171 II discovered later that these

radiators continued to push out heat for seven or eight months of the year.

1181 I Everypasser-bywore a huge hat and went about coveredin a personalcloud of steam.

Enormous sheets of iee hung from the trees, walls and balconies and the pavements looked like marble,

millions of years old.

Siberian children, I was pleased to see, got their kicks from sliding on iee and attacking each other wit h

snowballs.~- I

A fortnight after my arrival, we were informed on the news that temperatures were going to drop even

further. 120 I I' Are you ready for it?' Now when I went to market I found women with their faces

wrapped to the eyeballs, standing behind piles of fish, frozen solid. lee eream was sold in unpackaged, naked

lumps and for a few days we went around with hats and collars covered in frost

In these bitterest days, heard no word in the tram stations or the bus stops, just the sound of crunching snow

and silenee. We all knew that there was no shortage of energy and if our flats were warm and we could

make ourselves eups of tea there was nothing to worry aboutl21j lin the local theatre, I heard

that a group of dancers had to praetise their movements while wearing huge boots. Buses drove around in

pairs in case one of them broke down, and sehools had to close.

Walking ho me through the town centre one night wit h the temperature at -38'C, I came across people who

had built fjres from eardboard boxes, still trying to sell their goods and hoping people would stop to look at

what was on sale. That same evening I wandered out to admire the glittering snow under brilliant stars.

I eventually finished my book as the temperatures reached zero, the pavement snow turned grey and another

Siberian winter appeared to be almost over.

EH TEST 3, PAPER 1

r!

p.' Some people did worry, however.

,B/ Out in the streets I found a certain pleasure in the extreme cold.

..C In fact it was so far from anywhere else that most people didn't even know

whether it eounted as being in Europe or Asia.

D Moreover, on arriving and leaving the aeroplane, the immediate effect of the

moisture freezing on my eyelashes was extremely unpleasant

E The ice on my windows has fina/ly melted.

,// But onee inside the fiat I found there were radiators heating every roomtwenty-four hours a day.

,G Writing a book when it was -45'( was quite another.

ji In the eentreof the town was an ice-chute and the children would spend longhours sliding down the chute with their feet in the air.

.1'Have you heard?' people kept asking me, in excitement.

Tip Strip

Sentence PcThis suggests that it willcontradiet something whichhas just been stated in the tex!.Sentence B: Could this sentence Occur at the beginning ol a paragraph?

Sentence G: There is a parallei structure in the text which is another kind ol due.

TEST 3, PAPER 1 IBm

~,%~0i!t~t;$i:t{i~l6~;,;\~~~l~~You are golng to read a magazlne article about five people who use computers. ForQuestions 22-35, choose fram the people A-E. The people may be chosen more thanonce. When more than one answer is requlred, these may be given in any order. There is

an example at the beginnlng (O).


Which of the people uses a computer

for entertainment? [ITI]lEC]~[:ECJ~~~~~~~cm=J[EL]lIC]

~

to help keep appointments with colleagues?

to find out about business competitors?

for plannlng raugh copies of their work?

to create better pictures?

while on a journey'

to catch up on new things in their specialist areas?

because other people rely on you to have one?

to reduce feelings of loneliness?

even though It does not fee! very individual?

because it cuts down on costs?

even though It is not the latest model?

to advertise what they do?

because they've depended on one for so long?

Tip Strip

Question 25: Whomight need to indude pictures in what they do?

Question 29: Look for a similar way of saying that you can't work without a computer.

Question 32: What other expression do you know for 'cuts down on costs'?

D1.I TEST 3, PAPER 1

.

l NEEDMY COMPUTERA Tar:a < ," '.

I'm a poet and I spend a large part of my life travellingaraund the world. I have a laptop computer, whichmeans I can work on trains and buses, wherever Ihappen to be. My poems always begin in a notebook(and I mean the paper variety) where they stay for awhile, moving fram notes I have made, sometimes justindividual words and phrases, to more developedpieces. The only way I can keep In touch with my familyand also stay in contact with other writers is by usinge-mail. Actually, I also use e-mail for sending work -poems, artlcles, reviews - to magazines, publishers andnewspapers. Thraugh my PC I am in constantcommunicatlon with writers ali over the world and

we're able to swap poems and ideas within seconds. it'sbrilllant.

I'm a surgeon and I work in a large teaching hospital.Although I have a PC at ho me, I also have alittlepocket PC, a POA - personal digltal assistant. I carry myPOA araund with me all day as it's smali enough to fitinto my coat pac ket. I use it like a diary and it has an

alarm which I can set to remind me about meetingswith other doctors in the team. I wouldn't be nearly asorganised without It; having ali the necessaryinformation in one place and not on scraps of paper isinvaluable. There are lots of things avallable over the

internet which are great for doctors. There's always alot of reading to be done, and it's often cheaper todownload journals online than buy the printed copy.lt also use the internet to find out about the latest

discoveries in drugs and developments in medicalresearch.

I'm my own boss and I run my business fram home.

I bought a computer when I set up the company acouple of years ago, and I know that I couldn't operatewithout one. In any case everyone expects you to havea computer these days. The first thing I do in themornlng is check my e-mail. I get about 40 e-mails aday; using e-mail is often much more convenient forcommunicating with my customers. It means you canchoose when to reply, unlike the telephone, which

interrupts whatever you happen to be doing when itrings. My computer helps me manage my time better,but it is not as personal as a phone calI. I also use theinternet for finding out what other companies likemine are offering. Once upon a time I would haveasked for a company's brachure or information pack,but nowadays most companies advertise on their ownwebsites.

D ,',Suzy">,,,>,

I am 12 years old and in my flrst year at secondaryschool. My parents have recently bought a newcomputer, so they let me have their old one, which isstill very good. lt has made a big difference to theway I do things, particularly my school work. It is aquick and easy way to do my homework. Instead ofhaving to draw plctures I can get them from the artwark package on the computer and just add them towhatever it is I need to illustrate. It also saves mess -

no rubbing out and no cuttlng things up. Mycomputer also has an internet connectlon which glvesme access to ali sorts of information. I can also use

the encyclopaedia and dictionary that are on thecomputer. Lastly, my computer has lots of gameswhich I can play after I have dane my homework.

E .'".',fergUS< C ',L."\ ",

I love computers. I owned one of the early laptopsand today I have bot h a PC and a laptop. My life as afreelance musician would be a real struggle withoutmy computers. I have to run myself like a smalibusiness, and I simply wouldn't be able to do thatwithout a computer. You have to keep in touch withmusic agents, concert pramoters and conductors, andthere are lots of letters to write. I use my computer tosend out information about myself each week bye-mail. I can even send a picture of myself that waytoo. It saves a lot of money on stationery, stamps andso on. I also keep ali my accounts up-to-date on It anduse the internet to research new musie. The other

thing I love about having a computer is that being aprafessional musician can be a solitary business,because you spend a lot of time on your own athome. My e-mail Is like havlng a friend in the fiat.

TEST 3, PAPER 1 En

PAPER 2 Writing (1 haur 30 minutes)

~J:~i:;Rlt~~(J.i~I~:0)i!;{r?;~ You must answer this question.

You and a friend would like to work for a yearon a volunteer programme. Yourfriend haswritten to you and sent you the advertisementbelow. Readthe letterand the advertisement, together with his/hernotes. Write a letter to the WorldSupport Programmeasking for the information which your friend suggestsandadding any relevant questionsof your own.

This programme sounds just what we want. I've added samecomments but I shall be away next week, sa perhaps you couldwrite for more information and ask about anything else you thinkwe need to know'.

\r-- LD S;PORT PROGRAMME \ Average: WOR ~ .

age?I !\ . Forvolunteersaged17-70 .!

,.,.'~ k ith loca\communities !-- Where?(i,;?-. Gooverseasto wor w !1 \ k' what: UseYour skilIsto help others 000Suggesi:. as Ing f I\ . Iskilis are most use u

\ . Nocosts involved Seems unlikelyI

\ . Freeaccommodation--- Food?\

Writea letter of between 120 and 180 words in an appropriate style.Do not write anyaddresses.

D!II TEST 3, PAPER 2

.

- Write an answer to one of the Questions2-5 in this part. Write your answer in 120-180words in an appropriate style.

TipStripQuestlon2:.Youneed to write clearly

on twa ar three ways inwhich you spend yourfree time.Yourwritingshould communicate afeeling of enthusiasm forwhat you do sa that thereader is interested inwhat you say.

Question 3:.Planyour story beforeyou start writing. Has itgot a beginning, a middleand an end?.Think about verbsequences,e.g. PastsimpielPast perfect..Tryto makeyour story asinteresting as possible..Rememberthat storiesdon't havegreetings orheadings.

Question 4:.Organiseyour ideas intoa clear report: either relyon paragraphingar usesubheadings (or both)..Briefly introduce theprogramme, indude itstitie and say what it isabout..Mention a few thingsabout the programmethat support yourrecommendation fromthe foreign leamer'spoint of view.

Question s(a):.Saywhy you haveenjoyed readingthebook- What wasespecially enjoyable?Thestoryline, the characters,the language level, thefact that you couldidentify wit h the themeetc?.Usean informal style.

Question s(b):.Describean event whichyou think will give afiavour of what the bookis about without givingaway the plot. Explainwhy what you havechosen is a suitable'advertisement' for thebook. Organiseyourwriting into clearparagraphs..Usea formai style.

2 Your local newspaper is going to include a weekly article in English on 'The Best Waysto Spend Free Time'. You have been asked to write the first article on what you do inyour free time.

Write your article.

3 You are going to enter a short story competition. The competition rules say that thestory must begin wit h these words:

I promised to keep the secret, whatever happened.

Write your story.

4 Your teacher wants to recommend a television programme for students who are

learning your language. Write a report on a television programme which you know

well, saying why you think it would be helpful and interesting for foreign learners.

Write your report.

5 Answer one of the following two questions based on your reading of one of the setbooks.

Either (a) A friend has asked you to recommend a book in English which shewould enjoy reading. Write to your friend recommending the bookyou have read, saying what you find especially enjoyable about it.

Write your letter. Do not include any addresses.

Or (b) You have been asked to choose an event from the book you haveread in order to advertise the book in a class library exhibition.Write a report on which event you think would be the most suitableand why.

TEST 3, PAPER 2 UlI

PAPER 3

;p'81!~I)R~f!'i!ft"t7i~;lf~~,~~,~

TipStrip

Question2: There may bemany theories; whiehword is right in this gap?

Question 5: Ali thesewords ean preeede 'on'but only one makessense in this sentenee.

Question 9: Look at theword 'it' to help youdeeide on the eorreetanswer.

DJI.


For Questions1-15, read the text belowand decidewhieh answer A, B, C or D best fitseaeh space. There is an example at the beginning (O).


Example:O A produced writtenB C considered D sung

G A B C DO -===

MUSIC - A UNIVERSAL LANGUAGE

Music is universal- it is (O) by ali cultures.Some scientistsbelievethat music came

before speechand (1) asa development of mating calls. In fact, there is (2) theorythat the (3) languageswere chanted or sung rather than spoken. lndeed, in somecultures,music is a form of (4) history.TheAboriginal Australians,for example,usemusicas a meansto (5) on stories of the land and spirits to the next (6) .

New evidencesuggeststhat musicdoes not just (7) the feel-good factor but it is alsogood for the brain. A study of intellectually (8) children showed that they could recallmore (9). . after it was given to them in a song than after it was read to them as a story.

Researchersalso report that people (10) better on a standard intelligence (11) afterlistening to Mozart. The so-called 'Mozart effect', hasalso been (12) by findings thatrats (13) up on Mozart run faster through a complex network of paths or passages,(14) asa maze.Overall, it seemsthat in most instancespeoplewho suffer from anyform of mental (15) benefit fram listening to musie.

TEST 3, PAPER 3

~,i~~~~;]r~~3f2il{~ii**,IM\

TipStnp

Questlon21:The use ol'however' helps you tounderstand what ismissing.

Question 25: Thesepeople were involved in aslUdy. What is themissing noun?

Question 30: Read thisfinal paragraph earelully- it explains how smellean be used to make

people buy things.

For Questions 16-30, read the text belowand think of the word which best fits eachspace. Useonly one word in each space.There is an exampleat the beginning (O).

Write your answerson the separate answer sheet.

Example:

G one I

FOLLOW YOUR NOSE

Of the five senses, smell is probably the (O) ()rle.. .. that you value the least. Yetyour senseof smell is the most direct link (16) the brain and the outsideworld. It (17) two secondsfor a smell to (18) the nose and

travel to the part of the brain (19) controls emotions and memories.Exactly(20) ... your senseof smell influencesyour emotions, however, is(21) . . fully understood.

Nevertheless,a senseof smell can even influence your relationships(22)other people. Apparently, you (23) """"""""" in love through your nose, not your eyesor your ears. Moreover, people tend to smell of what they eat and (24) canalso influence what people think of you.

In one famous study, 84 per cent of people taking (25) said they were more(26) to buy a particular brand of trainers, when they (27)... .....placed in a room smelling of flowers. This kind of knowledge can be (28) """"""""" toinfluence people'sspending habits at a sub-conscious(29) , and couldobviouslybeusefulin (30) . allsorts of things from clothing to cars.

TEST 3, PAPER 3 DJII

1 A was B swelled C reacted D arose2 A one B every C such D that3 A earliest B newest C easiest D simplest4 A enJoying B making C recording D stating5 A move B pass C hand D happen6 Achildren B people C tribe D generation7 A convince B satisfy C please D prefer8 A disabled B inactive C incapable D disordered9 A facts B knowledge C memory D information

10 A examine B prepare C score D achieve11 A form B scheme C demonstration D test12 A supported B given C marked D remembered13 A held B brought C stood D set14 A called B heard C regarded D known15 A badness B hurt C illness D pain

,~;;~;§~j~i~;,~'aW~~'~~~

TipStrip

Question 32: Whatpreposition lollows'apart'?

Question 34: What rulegoverns the use ol 'i!'sworth... '7

Question 39: 'ought' is amodal verb - can it be

made into a past tense?

UlI

For Questions 31-40, cornplete the second sentence 50 that it has a sirnilar rneaning to thefirst sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You rnust use betweentwa and live words, ,ncluding the word given. Here is an exarnple (O).

The bag is not big enough for ali my luggage.

smali

The bag . . for ali rny luggage.

The gap can be filled by the words 'is too smali' so you write:

Example: O

G is too smali I

Writeonly the missing words on the separate answersheet.

31 The company director was respected by ali his employees.up

Ali the employees . . the company director.

32 Judith was the only member of the family who had never married.

apartAli the members of the family . got married.

33 Most people find Finnish is not an easy language to learn.

difficulty

Most people Finnish.

34 There is no point in asking Denise to the party as she's so busy.worth

It . . Denise to the party as she's so busy.

35 As I had plenty of time belo re my Ilight, I was able to do some shopping.not

II I had not had plenty ol time belore my flight, I .

to do some shopping.

36 Taking photographs in the art gallery is lorbidden.allowed

You. . photographs in the art gallery.

37 My brother never listens to what I say.takes

My brother . what I say.

38 This milk is sour, so throw it away.

goneThis milk .., so throw it away.

39 You were supposed to do your homework belore today's lesson.ought

You . . your hornework belore today's lesson.

40 A friend is decorating my bedroom next week.am

by a friend next week.

TEST 3, PAP ER 3

~,~1.\1i"{~7':i~%'~rt~iJfw~Z&

TipStrip

Une 44: How manyexamples are there?

Line 45: Read the wholetext carelully; are theyoung people lorced tovisit the elderly7

Line 55: What fixedexpression is used in thisline?

For Questlons 41-55, read the text belowand look carelully at each line. Same of theIlnes are correct, and some have a word which should not be there.

II a Ilne Is correct, put a tick (v) by the number on the separate answer sheet. II a linehas a word which should not be there, wrlte the word on the separate answer sheet.There are examples at the beginnlng (Oand 00).

"'mp'. ~ v I

00 was

O

00

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54 ...

55

I am writing in response to an article whlch you printed

In your magazlne last week and which was crlticlsed young

people like me. The artlcle said that teenagers are rude and

noisy and not interested in other people. I think that comment

is very unlalr and whlle then It may apply to some young people,

It is certainly not true ol me and my frlends. For one exarnple,

every Saturday morning we must work in our local community

by vlsiting elderly people In their own homes. Sometlmes do they

want help wlth thelr shopplng, other tlmes they ask to us

to do some work In thelr garden. We give up two to three hours

ol our tlme and we don't get paid. I also know by other Iriends at

school who help out In the local hospital once a week slmply at

talking to patients who may not have any vlsltors, and even generally

just making themselves Ilke uselul In all sorts of ways. II we are nolsy

It's usually because we're enjoylng ourselves, and if we ever appear

rude, I can assure you It's probably because we're havlng chatting

and laughing together, because you're only young that once!

TEST 3, PAPER 3 I:H

,P;t1A~jJl'j;r(~i~;~,~!i!&~j~ For Questions 56- 65, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end ofeach line to form a word that fits the space in the same line, There is an example at the

beginning (O).

Example: G scientistsWrite your answers on the separate answer sheet.

RECOGNISING A lIAR

Recent research has led many (O) ,s,c.i.el1t.i,s,t,s,to believe that the

(56) , """" H to recognisewhether or not someone is tellingthe

(57) , H' or isabout to breakbad news has moreto do with

science than a magical (58), "'" , sense,

The human body and brain subconsciously pick up signals 50 smali that

they would not (59) , H'" 'H be noticed. Ifsomeone is tellinglies,

for (60) "" '" their bodylanguage isslightly

(61) , , The brainpicksup on these changes, which

may includea bead of sweat or a slight(62) ""'" , intoneofvoice,Upon the (63) . "H"" that the person has been Iying,

the brain has a 'told you 50' sensation, Scientists argue that people

should trust their own (64) . ' ; their instinctive reactions

will tell them if a person is (65) ",',' , and not to be trusted,

TipStrip

SCIENCE

ABLE

TRUE

SIX

NORMAL

INSTANT

DlFFER

ALTER

REALlSE

JUDGE

RELY

Question 58: Youmay recognise what is needed here if you knowthe fixedexpression!

Question 59: Is a noun, a verb or an adverb needed here?

Question 65: Read this last sentence carefully; is the missing word going to be positive ornegative in this eontext?

Hill TEST 3, PAPER 3

PAP ER 4

1fl~AjE;'lAr\\'iffY~i1i!jJ'l~~~

TipStrip

Question 3: How will thecompany check the battery?

Question 5: This is anadvice line; visitorscannot be forced to do

things - listen for howadvice is offered using themodal verb 'may'.

Question 7: What doesthe man say to describehis feelings as he satthrough the lecture?


You'lI hear people talking in eight different situations, For Questions 1-8, choose the bestanswer, A, B or C.

You overhear a man arranging an interview.Who is he talking to?A his bossB a customer

C an agent11 I

2 You hear a glrl talking about a sports injury,

How did she injure herself?A She feli over.

B She hit a rosI.C She hurt her arm,

12 1

3 You hear a woman talking to a mobile phone company,What is she told to do7

A take her phone back to the shopB charge the battery for longerC return her phone to the company

I 31

4 You hear two people trying to arrange a meeting.What do they decide to do?A postpone their meetingB meet at the weekend

C cancel their meetingI 14I

5 You hear a recorded message about hospital visiting times,

What advice is being given?

A Visitors can get a meal if they wanl.

B Visitors should avoid coming by car.

C Visitors must register on arrival.I 51

6 You hear a woman talking about being a pianisl.What does she dislike most about her career?A the loneliness

B the hours of practiceC the travelling

L__161

7 You hear a man talking about a lecture he attended,How did he feel during the lecture?A boredB crossC confused

I I71

8 You hear a woman talking about a relative,Who is she complaining about?A her motherB her sister

Cher daughterI 8 I

TEST 3, PAPER 4 D1I

l:»'o1lll;en~ - -

TipStrip

Question 9: Rememberyou can answerthisquestion using a numberar you can write thenumber in words.

Question 13: Are youlistening for a noun ar averb to fili this gap? Howdo you know which one isright?

Questfon 17: Listencarefully for the wordwhich is used to describeall kinds of things - don'tbe tempted to guessi

D!JI.

You will hear part of a radio programme in which a woman called Amelia Unwin talks

about one of the most successfulfootball clubs in the world. ForQuestions9-18,complete the sentences.

Manchester United paid I 0 for one player.

The Club sells anything from shorts to a I ~

A ManchesterUnitedstripwill cost you about I [2IJ to buy.

The Club sellsIts goods throughout the I ~ at offlcial shops.

Any company can use the Club's facilitles to hold a

I ~ for its employees.

Many supporters buy a I ~ in advance.

The Club'smatchesare I ~ to bring in more money.

The Club profits from being involved in I ~ and champlonships

throughout the year.

The playerswear the names of varlous I ~ on thelr shlrts.

The players' I ~ cost the Club an enormous amount of money.

TEST 3, PAPER 4

'p;;,~!l&l!~~(lra~ff~)\1~l

TipStrip

Ali the speakers saypositive things abouteruises, solisten for themain reason for theirenthusiasm.

Speaker 1: She ciearlydoesn't approve of fitnessfreaks, 50 what does shelike?

Speaker 2: What is thespeaker referring to whenshe talks about 'eariyexplorers' and 'battles'?

Speaker 3: 'There'ssomething organlsed ifyou want it And I joinIn everything ...' Whereare these thingsorganised? At the portswhere they stop arsomewhere else?-TipStrip

Question 24: Zoe reallybelieved her dream wouldcome true. 15her

expectation true ar false?

Question 27: What doZoe's words 'Oh no' lead

you to expect? Somethingpositive ar negative?

Questfon 30: What otherwords does Zoe use whenshe talks about 'life'?

You will hear five different people talking about what they enjoy about golng on a eruise

ship holiday. For Questlons 19-23, choose from the list A-F what each speaker says. Usethe letters only once. There is one extra letter which you do not need to use.

Aliave shopping in ali the different places.

B It awakens my sense of history.

C I appreciate the varled scenery.

D It gives me the excuse not to do anything physical.

E I like the entertainment on board.

F It gives me a chance to explore.

You will hear a radio talk given by a TV actress called Zoe Fisher. For each of the Questlons24-30, decide which of the statementsareTrueand which are False.Write T for Trueor F for False in the boxes provided.

24 Zoe did not expect to be a teacher after leaving school at slxteen. I 1241

I 1251

1 1261

I 1271

1 1281

I 1291

1 1301

25 Zoe did not continue her studies at college.

26 Zoe believes she Is a bom teacher.

27 Zoe misunderstood the taxi drlver's remark.

28 Zoe settled down the moment she arrived in Britain.

29 Zoe wants her book to attract readers of different natlonalities.

30 Zoe thinks life turns out as we intend it to.

TEST 3, PAPER 4 ~

Speaker1 I 1191

Speaker2 I 1201

Speaker3 1 1211

Speaker 4 I 1221

Speaker 5 I 1231

PAPER 5 Speaking (14 minutes)

fi;~'fu1lt;;r;it1~i~!~~1~j$v1!( (3 minutes)

Answer these questions:

Can you tell me something about your family7

What's the most interesting thing you have ever dane with your family?

Can you briefly describe your family to me?

Who are the most important people in your life after your family?

~;i~I;~~;;r;!*~~:2:~Zj~~~~fl (4 minutes)

I Being alone (compare, contrast and speculate)1

Tum to pictures 1 and 2 on page 157 which show people sitting by themselves.

Candidate A, compare and contrast these photographs and say why you think the peopleenjoy being alone. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate B, do you like doing things by yourself?

I Being creative (compare, contrast and speculate)

Tum to pictures 1 and 2 on page 158 which show people doing things with their hands.

Candidate B, compare and contrast these photographs and say why you think peopleenjoy doing things like this. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate A, do you like making things or drawing?

~J;~~i1'!lj1l":.1~r,~.i~l~n~(3 minutes)

IBelonging to a club (discuss and evaluate) ITum to the pictures on page 159 which show different clubs What do these different

clubs offer, and which of these clubs would you be interested in Joining and why?

~~i1;\.)!~~ifiji'2!t~j~1ii~i~~ (4 minutes)


Why do same people dislike belonging to clubs ar societies?

Do you ar your friends belon g to any clubs? Which ones7 Why did you decide to join7Are there any disadvantages in belonging to a club?

Do you think clubs are more useful when people get older?

D!B TEST 3, PAPER 5

PAPER 1

p,~~~jIll~7fL~~j;:;\Ji~~i~~:;~~1


You are going to read a magazine article about a woman who works for the film industry.Choose the most suitable heading from the list A-I for each part 1-7 of the article.

There is one extra heading which you do not need to use. There is an example at thebeginning (O).


A Initial career move

B The purposeof anaudition

D Determination isessential

E Looking good on thescreen

G/ Chance of stardom in/ future

H Tuming down. promising actors

I The pressuresin holdingauditions

C Huge effort to attendauditions F Chaosing an altemative

career

My Kind ojLifeFionaBartlettisa talentscoutfora filmcompany.It isherjob to findtherightfacesfor theright film.Shehasspentthelastmonthselectingthefinal(astforanewsoapoperafor teenagers.

101 B II studied TheatTe ATts at univeTsity and had intended to endup working as a stage manager in a theatre. However, duringone summer holiday I did some voluntary work with achildren's theatre group aud I met a uumber of casting agents- people whose job it is to look for children to take part inany new production. They do this by holding auditions -which are rather like interviews -where they can assess achild's acting ability.

I 11 IIt was fascinating sitting in on tbe auditions. Children whom Ithought were brilliant, who could sing and dance and had suchconfidence were not always the ones who got the parts. Thecasting agents would explain that one of the things they werelooking for was how photogenic the child would appear infront of the camera, sa each audition is videoed and watched

on a monitor at the same time as the child is performing live.

I 2 IThree people usually sat in on each audition and the directormade the final decision. The schedule was always very tightand auditions were held in a different place each day fOTaperiod of up to twa weeks at a time. Sa they were constantlyon the move and migh! audition up to a hundred younghopefuls in one day. I spent twa days accompanying childrento these auditions, and it was that experience that attractedme to the profession.

I 31However, when I first left university I worked as a personalassistant to the Produetion Manager of a ehildren's animation

and eartoon company. It was my job to jook after his diary,arrange meetings, book aetors and musicians for reeoTdingsessions and sa on and in that way I met hundreds of differentpeople. Then one day I heaTd that a TV company was looking fora easting agent and I applied fOTand got the job.

141 JI was prepared for the hard work and the tTavel but one thingthat I was eompletely unprepared for was the emotional stTain ofthe job. You anive at the hall where the auditions are being heldto be greeted by hundTeds of young people all desperate to bechosen. And sometimes, however good they aTe, they aTesimplynot right for the part, sa you end up disappointing the vastmajority of these kids.

1 51

Obviously they've all worked and rehearsed enormously hard toget as faT as the first audition. Most of them are accompanied bytheiT teachers ar a parent, they may have tTavelled miles to reachthe place 00 time and spent money on fares aod new dothes andsa on. And they've got probably no more than five minutes toshow us what they ean do. Same of them are sa nervous they justfreeze, others are over-confident and burst into tears when youhave to tell them they are not what you're lookiog for.

161 IIn an ideal world you'd like to be able to offer everyone a job.But lt is a very competitive worJd and if you ean't survive theseknocks early 00 when you're still a teenager, the chances aTeyou've picked the wrong profession. But if you believe in yourselfand you ean cope with these setbacks, it is worth auditioning overand over again. Sometimes people wait years before they getthrough an auditioo and theTe are no guarantees that you'lIsucceed in this business.

I 71But on the positive side there's enormous job satisfaetion to begaioed from chaosing the right actors for a new produetion. Iknow that all the hours I've spent this last month will have beeoworth it when the first episode of this new soap is broadcast, andperhaps same of these new young faces will go on to beeome bignames in the years ahead.

PAPERTEST 4, I.D

~ You are going to read a magazine article about a businessman. For Questions 8-14,

choose the correct answer A, B, C or D.


In 1989 a young, intrepid Australian wastraveUing around Europe and foundhimself at his British hotel after cIosingtime - at 10 in the morning. Whilst mostof us might take this as an opportunity tofind a eosy bed and breakfast ar at least adry bench in a railway station, MattLassIter spotted a business opportunity.Knowing that he was not alone and thatthousands of backpaeking youngsters werewandering the world with heavy bags andfat waUets,Lassiter came up with a planto start his own hostels that made youngvisitors feel at horne whenever theyarrived. '1 realised there was not sa much

a gap in the backpaekers' market, butrather a canyon!'

A couple of years later, Lassiter formed

his own com pan y whieh he caUedRoamers. His intention was to foeus on

creating hostels which would provideaccommodation for the dynamie youth

tourism market. 'The average baekpaeker,

around 18- 21, is Iikely to be highlyeducated, often taking time off between

school and university and usuaUy has

quite a lot of money to spend and theseare the people Roamers sets out to

attract,' says Lassiter.

Today, Roamers operates in more than 20countries, has 70 hostels and provides 1.5million bed nights eaeh year. Lassiter says

f(D TEST 4, PAPER

.

that each hosteI is like a kindly aunt aruncle Iooking after young people.Baekpackers like that and their parents 35like it even more, not beeause Roamers isa fun environment, but because Roamersoffers a safe and secure form ofaceommodation.

A typieal hostel has siwwers and toiletson eaeh floor, a 'ehiUout' room withtelevision, food, bar and drinks facilities, alaundry room and internet aceess withfree e-mail usage. Lassiter was very awarethat his young, bright cuslOmerswould aUbe familiar with the internet and that itwould play an important part inmarketing his company.

Part of Lassiter's suceess is knowing thatbaekpaekers want to feelJike explorers.'We have to be very careful how wemarket our prodJlets - it must be theirdeeision and not seen as a packagehoJiday - we make them think they areindependent.' The Roamers technique isto offer pre-booked twa ar four-day tours,a couple of nights recovering from jet-Iag,a wekorne pack, clean sheets - nosleeping bags - and a free caUhome. TheformuJa is certainly working, which justgoes to show that Lassiter's instincts areexactJy right for this growing holidaymarket.

TipStrip

Question8: Look carelullyat how the inlormation,while not stated as such,is clearly implied.

Question 11: Lookback tothe previous sentence.Pay carefui attention tothe word 'like'.

Question 13: Look at thelourth paragraph ol thetext. What does 'Lassiter

was very aware' suggest?

8 How did Matt Lassiter react to the British hostel ciosing in the morning?

A He looked for alternative accommodation.B He decided to continue hisjourney.C lt put him oft travelling in Europe.D It gave him an idea for the future.

9 What did Lassiterthink would help young travellers?

A to be lessspoilt financially by their parentsB to be more aware of looking after their moneyC to accept that accommodation can varyD to find more welcoming accommodation

10 Roamershostelsare designed for young people who

A are studying part-time.B have freedom and leisure.

C are living on a smali budget.D have an interest in marketing.

11 What does 'that' in line 35 refer to?

A the hostels' caring attitudesB hostels run by relativesC the hostels' generousfacilitiesD hostelsavailableworldwide

12 Why are parents in favour of Roamers?

A They can pay extra for secure arrangements.B They approve of the entertainment on ofter.

C They don't worry about their children's safety.D They like the fact that their children have fun.

13 Lassiter's use of the internet

A saves him time and money.B shows good business sense.

C attracts business partners.

D helps him market computers.

14 Lassiteris successlulbecause

A he has researched his market.

B he operates a very fair formula.

C travellers can depend on his advice.D exp!orers benefit from his hostels.

TEST 4, R.IIPAPER

- You are going to read an article about a woman pilot. Eight sentenceshave been removedfram the article. Choose fram the sentences A-I the one which fits each gap (15-21).

There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. There is an example at the

beginning (O).


FLYING INTO THE RECORD BOOKS

PollyVacher is no ordinary woman pilot. 1 O I I

1151 lit ended only three days behind schedulewhen she landed her PiperDakota at Birmingham

in central Englandin May,five months later.

1161 1 This included storms and a cyclonein Fiji, a country in the South PacificOcean.Nor was thejourney without incident for Polly, who only learned to fly at the age of forty-nine.

One of the trip's most frightening moments came, vvorryingly, on the same raute where Amelia Earhart, the

American pilot, went missingwhen she was attempting to fly around the world in 1937. 1171 1

In fact, she allowed herself to be photographed as she stood beside a Banyan tree, which Amelia Earhart had

planted in 1935, before setting olf for the 16-hour section of her flight fram Hawaii to California.

According to Pollyali went well for the first part of her journey 1181 1 Then suddenly it started to

get very bumpy. Checking the outside air temperature Polly discovered it was zera degrees. To her horror she

found streams of ice-cold rain running back along the wings and starting to freeze.1191

Though Polly immediately dropped her height to prevent the weight of ice pulling her piane into the ocean,

there was more drama when the cabin suddenly went quiet. 120 I I As a result the main tank had

run dry an hour early, but fortunately the emergency tank went into action and she was able to land safely.

The lonely hours spent flying we re a great contrast to the warm welcome she received wherever she landed.

121 1 I The publicity she attracted also raised money for a cha rit y which provides flying scholarshipsfor disabled people.

Dl TEST 4, PAPER 1

A Polly's 46,000km record-breaking journey began in January.

e/ This is the most dangeraus kind of ice as it is difficult to see it forming.

c Polly,however,was determined not to let what had happened in the past causeher anxiety.

l)/ Strong winds meant that she had used more fuel than expected.

E Up there in the sky you are completely free.

. F The delay was the result of uncooperative weather.

Ji There was tremendous media interest and on one occasion she gave up to seveninterviews in a single day.

H The moon and the stars appeared and she even had time to do some sewing.

/' In 2001 she flew to the ends of the Earth and into the record books by becomingthe first woman to fly the smallest aircraft araund the world via Australia and thePacific.

Tip Strip

Sentence B: 'This' is likeiy to refer to something just mentioned.

Sentence D:Where is fuei sto red on a smali piane?

Sentence F: What words in the text are iinked to the idea of 'delay'?

TEST 4, PAPER 1 EU

,j;~iijll1i~~i~~a4:~r~'~

TipStrip

Question 24: Look for asimilar way of expressingthe idea of inciudingpeople.

Question 28: Wheremight you expect to buythings other than in ashop?

Question 33: What is theword for someone whodoesn't eat meat'

UlI!

..

You are going to read about four countries that offer wark experience opportunities for

young people. For Questions 22-35, choose from the countries (A-D). The countries may

be chosen more than ance. When more than one answer is required, these may be given

in any order. There is an example at the beginning (O).


Which of the countries

makes special mention of its city-based projects? ~~@CJ[EL]@CJ~[EC]~~~rIiCJcm=:J~~

rm=:J

offers different types of schools?

has a European feel to it?

will accept you directly into the community?

can rely on parental support for its education programme?

would you choose if you want to wark withpre-school-age children?

offers a variety of sporting activities?

is recommended for its shopping?

is benefiting from its own people's experience abroad?

might require you to learn a locallanguage7

gives you a choice of accommodation?

would appeal to someone who doesn't eat meat?

suggests that it offers unique opportunities?

offers a stimulating classroom atmosphere?

TEST 4, PAPER 1

Magical India is a land of many contrasts. !t is impossibleto generalise about this subcontinent and everyone has adifferent expeTience and different opinions. To live inIndia is to be part of a way of life totally unlike anythingelse.

People who volunteer to work in India spend up to sixmonths at a time in the south of India. !t's an area with aspecial feel to it - the villages and farms feed localpeople well, while the tempIes, sometimes bujlt on greatrocks overlooking the plain, satisfy people's spiritualneeds.

South Indian community life is veTYclose; if you worktheTe you will be treated as an addition to any school OTfamily that you join. The food is famous for its vaTiety ofspices, vegetables and fruit and many people aTevegetaTians.

You will find yourse'f helping with both prim ary andsecondary schoolchildTen. Same schools also havechildren as young as nurseTY age, and you may well havethe chance to work with them as well.

TTavellingin India offers great opportunities. The Tainyseasons in June and July and October keep the climatecooleT,and do not interfeTe with daily life.

Ghana is a colourful country of thick tropleal forests, wildsavannah or bush and great beaches. !t is home to one ofAfrica's fTiendliest and most welcoming people. TheAshanti built theiT kingdom on Ghana's gold - theircountry used to be called the Gold Coasl. ModernGhanaian culture is open and varied.

In recent yeaTsGhana has attTacted new mancy, andmany Ghanaians have returned home from wOTkingorstudying abroad bTingingnew investments and ideas withthem.

In Ghana people attach great importance to social andcommunity events and many people are deeply Teligious.The officiallanguage is English but the main spokenlanguages aTeEwe, Twi and Ga.

Children and theiTpaTents see education as a way tobetteT jobs and good lives and children work hard atschool. ]f you are wOTkingwith young children in aprimary school, you will find that teaching 'ively songsand rhymes is very popular.

Travelling around is cheap. Local minibuses, buses andtrains opeTate throughout most of the country andwheTeveryou go you will be given a warm welcome.

!(;'...NEPALjy;;";..,, ",;",'

]f you choose to wark in Nepal, you will find a well-established programme fOTvolunteers, particularly inthe capital Kathmandu.

You will be offered opportunities in schools both in andaronnd the city, ranging from well-equippedindependent and state schools to much smaller ones setup to hclp children who, without an education, wouldhave no future.

Volunteers spend up to six months at a time workingwith children from the ages of five to seventeen. Youhave a choice of working in busy Kathmandu, one of thevillages in Kathmandu Valley or in the peaceful town ofPokara at the base of the great Annapuma mountainrange by the shores of the beautiful Phewa Lake.Accommodation is either with host families ar localhostels.

The surrounding countryside is excellent for walking andclimbing, boating on the lake, and white-water rafting inthe mountain rivers.

n.'TOGO:L.'/:"'f"!;.;"F,S..

Togo in West Africa is situated between Ghana andBenin. The capitaj city, Lome, is on the coast close tothe Ghanaian border.

Togo's officiallanguage is French and although Togohas been independent since 1960 the French influence isstiUevident, from the architecture to the food.

Lome is said to have the best market in West Africa andthe Togolese are warm and hospitable people.Accommodation is cheap; you can choose to stay with ahost family ar you may prefer to find your own room orapartmenl.

The south of the country is flat with lagoons along thelength of the coast, but as you trave! north the landbecomes hilly and rich with coffee pJantations.

We can offer you work opportunities in secondaryschools where the classes Tangein age from 11-20.

TEST 4, lIRPAPER

PAPER 2 Writing (1 hour 30 minutes)

PJ~ct"1l ;Ll~~~L;11;t,:i,$;ti,'t:'l,~t You must answer this question,

You are in charge ol the arrangements lor your Iriend's birthday party, Your Iriend

has given you a list ol requests to which you have added your own notes. Write aletter to the restaurant manager asking lor inlormation and giving relevant details.

Can you check on these things when you write, please?Thanks!. any chance of a private room? -e",pe~sive?

. musthavemusie- bring our own - e"l",ip...e~F

. maximumnumberof people- will "!epe~"! ,,~ size

/'" .p"",,! ".p."".... costs "!.i~'". special effects, e.g. lighting-.5< "!ec".""f-i,,~s

. /",sf-"".f-. tlmes .pi~isM- wM""f-f-i...e"!"es .esf-""",.",,~f-cI"se?

Write a letter ol between 120 and 180 word s in an apprapriate style. Do not write any

addresses.

DJJI TEST 4, PAP ER 1.

!ij,;,A~';:R'L;,;'I"i3~;?~~1;~~I\~i

TipStrip

I

II

'II.

Question 2:o Organise your

inlormation ciearly. Youwant your letter tomake a goodimpression on theperson reading it.

o Rememberto saysomething about thelevel ol your spokenEnglish.

o Endyour letterappropriately.

Question 3:o Plan your articie so that

you write about yourday in an organisedway. Try to make yourarticie as interesting aspossible 50 that thereader has a ciear idea

ol what a typieal day inyour life is like for aperson in your country.

Question 4:o Organise your ideas

into a ciear report:either rely onparagraphing or usesubheadings (or both).

o Say where you took thevisitors and what youshowed them. Mentionthe visitors' reactions tosome of the things theysawo

Question s(a):o Choose two characters

who you know weU.o Say why you would

want to meet both ofthem, but avoidrepeating thesamereasons for eachcharacter.

o Use a lormai style.

Question S(b):o Briefly describe the

book (e.g. plot, setting,characters etc.). Explainwhy you think it isworth reading(e.g. what did you finduninteresting /enjoyable f exciting Iamusing about it?).Did you think it wasweli written?

o Use a lormai style.

Write an answer to one ol the Questions 2-S in this part. Write your answer in 120-180words in an appropriate style.

2 You are interested in applying lor the holiday job described in the advertisementbelow.

A large department store needs English-speaking assistants towork in the store during the summer. The store is very popularwith tourists.

y ou should have a good level of spoken English. If you areinterested, please write explaining why you think you are asuitab1e person for the job.

Write your letter ol application. Do not include any addresses.

3 An English-Ianguage magazine is publishing articles Irom young writers araund theworld. The title lor each article is:

My Typical Kind of Day

You decide to send in an article based on the country where you live.

Write your article.

4. You recently spent a day showing loreign visitors araund your town. Your teacher has

asked you to write a report ol the day lor the Learning English page ol your schoolnewspaper.

Write your report.

5 Answer one ol the lollowing two questlons based on your reading ol one ol the setbooks.

Either (a) II you could meet two ol the characters lram the book you have read,who would you choose, and why?

Write your composition.

Or (b) A magazine called Bookworm wants readers to send in articles on

books in English which they think are worth reading. Write an articlelor the magazine saying why you think the book you have read isworth reading.

TEST 4, PAPER 2 I[D

PAPER 3

~&?~'j~#0I"i~~;~~t%Y~;~

TipStrip

Question 2: Whlch verb isusually used with'associatlon' when It Is anew one?

Question 7: Whlchphrasal verb means'establlshed'?

Question 13: Peoplestood on piles of earthuntil a more professionalarrangement; which wordhas the best meaning?

DiJi----


ForQuestions1-15, read the text belowand decidewhich answerA, B,Cor D best fitseach space. There is an example at the beginning (O).


Example:O A years C periodrule DB

~186~~ I

THE EARLYDAYS OF FOOTBALL

Football became the game we know today during the (O) of Queen Victoria in thenineteenth century. 50 many different (1) of the game were being played in Britaln atthat time, that in 1863 the Football Association was (2). . in order to draw up and agreethe (3) ... . of the game.

Throughout the country new football (4) were bullt and the development of therailways (5) that football teams and their (6) could travel to the matches. In 1888the Football League was (7) up with twelve clubs, and football became a nationalsport, (8). . to rugby by many people as the more popular game of the (9) .

Sometimes people played the game In just a field. In one town, Burnley, in the north ofEngland, the field had a rlver (10) along the side of it in which players (11) bathsafter matches. People stood on banks (12) from earth and it was not until the early1900s that (13) stands were built. The players would have had two wooden (14) .

for the goals with tapes across the top instead of a cross bar, and nets were not (15) .unti11891.

TEST 4, PAPER 3

reign

/'

f~'j:~!ltil~*;~,~i#1i~1!!!

TipStrip

Question 22: This phrasalverb has two particIes;the first particie ismissing here.

Question 23: What tenseIs needed here?

Question 29: Whatmissing word wouldcomple!e the phrasemeanlng 'in addltion to'?

For Questions 16-30, read the text belowand thlnk of the word which best fits each



Example:

G with

FASTTRACK TO FLUENCY

A couple of generations ago, a bilingual child - in other words a child who spoke more thanone language - was regarded (O) w.ij:;h suspicion. People thought that such(16) child would be slow(17) developacademically,wouldfeel confused and even (18) . . up with asplit personality.

Today, however, research shows the advantages of a bilingual upbringing, including anawareness (19) . other culturesand an increasedability(20)language learning.

Tests (21) . out in Canada presented smali childrenwith two apartment blocksmade (22) . of bullding bricks;the larger apartment contained fewer brieks.Childrenwho (23) not bilingual said that the larger apartment had more brlcks,(24) """"" bilingualchildrencorrectlysawthatthe(25) onehadmorebrieks.Thebilingualchildrenappearedto havethe ability to ignore misleadinginformation (26) dealingwith problems,in much the (27)as they 'edlt out' one language when usingthe (28)

way

According to the research,as (29) as developing problem-solving skilIsearlierthan those who onlyspeakone language,bilingualchildrenalso understandwritten

languagesfaster(30) . . learn to read moreeasily.

TEST 4, PAPER 3 -

1 A methods B conditions C forms D ways2 A formed B made C joined D offered3 A techniques B laws C rules D lines4 A grounds B places C lands D courses5 A helped B Intended C said D meant

6 A organisers B fans C partners D helpers7 A put B got C set D made8 A wanted B preferred C liked D favoured9 A two B both C other D one

10 A Iying B moving C running D causing11 A got B took C ran D picked12 A produced B made C conslsted D worked13 A accurate B right C proper D correct14 A pins B nalls C polnts D posts15 A invented B composed C completed D presented

~I~(~1;;1'~jf~a~~~\i~;

TipStrip

Question 32: Whathap pens to the form ofthe verb after 'let'?

Question 36: What is thethird conditional paltem?

Question 4°: Whlch wordis needed wit h 'rather'

when expressing apreference for one thingover another?

DJI

For Questions 31-40, complete the second sentence so that It has a similar meaning to thefirst sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must usebetween two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (O).

The bag is not big enough for ali my luggage.

smali

The bag . . for all my luggage.

The gap can be filled by the words 'is too smali' so you write:

Example: O

G is too smali


31 The shop assistant told me to keep my receipt for my new shoes.

hang'You.

assistant said.your receipt for your new shoes: the shop

32 Alexspeaks fluent French although he has never been to France.

spite

Alexspeaks fluent French . been to France.

33 You do not need to reserve a seat on regional trains. /

necessaryIt . . to reserve a seat on regional trains.

34 'Shall we go to the cafe?' said Flora.

suggestedFlora. to the cafe.

35 Richard's parents did not allow him to drive their car.

letRichard'sparents... . drive their car.

36 1didn't have Rob's phone number because I had lost my mobile.had

If I . , I would have had Rob's phone number.

37 Someone will meet you at the station.heYou at the station.

38 Philip started to laugh when he heard the joke.

burstPhilip. . whenhe heardthe joke.

39 Lucydoesn't like people to phone her late at night.

ohjectsLucy . her late at night.

40 I prefer staying in bed to getting up early at the weekend.ratherI'd. get up early at the weekend.

TEST 4, PAPER 3

l»c~~X\ffJ~I~~~;~;J~~1!r~i

TipStrip

Une44: Howdoes thewrong word double thesuperlative?

Une 49: 'power' and'strength' are abstractnouns; how does thathelp you decide whichword is wrong?

Line 54: What fixedexpression is used in thisline?

For Questions 41-55, read the text belowand look carefully at each line. Some of thelines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there.

If a line is correct, put a tick (v) by the number on the separate answer sheet. If a linehas a word which should not be there, write the word on the separate answer sheet.There are two examples at the beginning (Oand 00).

'..mplm ~~ I

00 lot

O

00

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52 ...

53

54

55

A tree is a symbol of man's connection to nature and reminds

people lot of the basic values that remain unchanged over the

centuries. In Estonia, in this northern Europe, people say that

if you have planted at least one tree during your life, your life

has not been for wasted. Trees have always played a very

important part in Estonian culture and the most oldest tree

in the country is an oak tree which is grown eight metres thick.

Many centuries ago, Estonians believed in that some trees were

holy and these trees we re worshipped by people who sacrificed

their crops and cattle. In many other countries throughout the

world oak trees are symbols of power and the strength.

The wood is used much in the building and furniture industries

and even the fruit of the tree, the acorn, is well useful. Acorns

are fed to pigs and in the past when conditions were hard

some people turned dried acorns into kind flour to make bread.

In a fact, the story goes that the poorest people in one country

were saved trom starvation and death by eating acorn bread.

TEST 4, PAPER 3 IlU

-TipStrip

Question58: Willyouneed a singular ar pluraiword here?

Question 61: This wo rdneeds a short suffix.

Question 63: Watch yourspellingl

DJl

PAPER 4For Questions 56-65, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end ofeach line to form a word that fits the space in the same line. There is an example at the

beg in nin g (O).

Example: ~ furniture


--TipStrip

FURNISH/

HATE

DELlVER

SHOP

CHOOSE

Question 1: If a person is'after something' in thiseontext, what does itmean? Look at the

prompt question to helpyou.

Question4: Look at thelist of jobs. What kind ofvocabulary do youassociate with thesejobs?

Question 7: How do weoften express a desire forsomething we miss? Youwill hear the woman usethis structure.

THE MAN WHO FURNISHED THE WORLD

Listening (approximately 40 minutes)

You'llhear people talking in eight different situations For Questions 1-8, choose the bestanswer, A, a or C.

You overhear a woman talking in a library.What does she want?

A a railway timetable

B a book about trains

C a video film on trains

2 You hear two people making arrangements for a party.What are they celebrating?A someone's birthday

B a friend's weddingC passing a driving test

11I

I I2I

13I

I 141

~I

1 16 I

CTIJ

18I

.li.&JiI

lngvar Kamprad runs the most successful (O)Jur:n.i:tLJr.e.. business in

the world. His (56) . . of paying extra for already expensive

goods in terms of (57) costs gave him the idea of

producing build-it-yourself items. (58) . . could see the

items on display in self-service stores, pick up their (59) .

of goods and take them straight home. In (60) . . , he

offered car roof-racks, which made it even easier for people to take

thelr purchases with them.

Thereare now morethan 150 stores (61) . 30 countries.

Kamprad dislikes the (62) . that his stores create the same

kinds of homes all over the worl.d. His (63) . . is that there

are millions of different ways that people can use his

(64) . , and each nationality puts items together in

different (65) to suit their own living styles.

TEST 4, PAPER 3

ADD

THROUGH

ACCUSE

ARGUE

PRODUCE

COMalNE

3You hear a man talking about making an appointment to see his doctor.

What was the problem?

A The doctor couldn't see him for a week.

a His usual doctor was away on holiday.

C He was told to go to the local hospital.

4You hear a part of a radio play in which a woman is describing her job.What does she do?

A She's a writer.

a She's a dancer.

C She's a lawyer.

5You hear a school tutor talking to a student about his report.What is her advice?

A He should study medicine.

B He should take a year off.

C He should visit a university.

6 You hear a man talking about open ing a new restaurant.What is he hoping will happen?

A He will be able to expand later on.

a He will find a new business partner.

C He will attract customers from abroad.

7 You hear part of a radio programme in which an old woman is talkingabout her past life. What does she miss most?A her ability to travel

a her large houseCher sportscar

8 You hear part of a weather forecast on the radio.

What does the forecast wam about?

A the danger of storms

B low cloud and fogC the risk of floods

TEST 4, PAPER 4

~,~~(iill2il~ti;\2~ltii~~§g;

TipStnp

Question 10: Listencarelully - this kind olanswer is more difficult

to predict, but thinkabout the kind ol word

(e.g. verb ar noun) thatwill fili the gap.

Question 14: Lookat theword after the gap- thatshould help you predictwhat you're going tohear.

Question 18: Althoughthis answer may besomethlng you've neverheard ol, the words youneed to complete thesentence are basic

words. Just write downwhat you hear.

~*~f~~p,r$.wj'?w~r~~~

TipStrip

Same ol these speakersmention things that theydid not like at schoo!.

A:.What would you expectto hear lram sameonewho describes wheretheir school is situated?

C: Speakers l, 2, 4 and 5all mention their teachers.

Does anyone say that theteachers were excellent?

E: Thinkabout what an'exchange holiday'involves and this will help

you locus on the rightinlormation.

BiD.

Youwill hear part ol a radio programme whleh talks about modern musie. For Questions

9-18, complete the sentenees.

The students' eoncert will take place in the next I 0Lucywas amazed to see a large I ~

mad e ol iron as an orchestral instrument.

The name ol MaxSinclair'spiece is I ~

Thepiece takes I ~ to play.

Theconcertwill consistol I ~ new pieeesol musie.

Another pieceol musieisarranged to looklikea I ~ pitch.

Max got his idea lor his piece by hearing a I ~ at work.

TimTravisusuallyplays I ~ in the orehestra.

TimTravisuses a I ~ whichisquite heavyto playMax'spiece.

MaxSinclair'smusiehas been describedas ' I ~ modern'.

You wili hear live different people talking about what they enjoyed best about theirschooldays. For Questions 19-23, choose lrom the list A-F what each speaker says. Usethe letters only ance. There is one extra letter which you do not need to use.

A Iliked where the school was situated.

B enjoyed all the academic subjects.

e I thought the teachers were excellent.

D I made Iriends lor lile.

E Iliked the exchange holidays.

I loved the long breaks.

TEST 4, PAPER 4

~S~'~1l:!1J:~~~~!s';fi2i1$:\1l*!'

TipStnp

Question25: How doesHayley reler to leelingdepressed? She doesn'tuse the actual word.

Question 26: Don't betempted to assume thatwhat you hear e.g. 'Ididn't leel nearly as tired'is the right answerbecause It is similar to

one ol the optlons!

Question30: Listenlorhow Hayley expressesher leelings about herexperience.

You will hear part ol a radio intervlew with a woman called Hayley Jones who spent a yearin Antarctica. For Questions 24-30, choose the best answer A, B ar C.

24 Why did Hayley go to Antarctica?A to joln the other scientists there

B to do researeh Into waste material

e to study in the laboratory therec:=B

25 What did Hayley lind depressing?A not being able to listen to the radio

B the environment being one colaur

e being without her lamily lor 50 long1 1251

26 While in Antaretica, Hayley had not expeeted toA lee I 50 tired.

B work 50 hardo

e sleep 50 little.1 1261

27 What did Hayley lind different about Rothera?

A She could go skiing at any time ol day.B She could walk alone wlthout worrying.e She could sit in on musie rehearsals.

1271

28 In order to keep warm, Hayley says she woreA lots ol thick clothes.

B her skiing clothes.e Ilghtweight clothes.

1 1281

29 Hayley thinks that in the luture Antarctica

A is unlikely to see many more tourists.B may be less expensive lor tourists.e will become lashionable lor tourists.

1291

30 How does Hayley leel about her year in Antarctiea?A She lound It a very worthwhile time.B She thlnks she learnt a great dea!.

e She dldn't like living 50 lar away.1301

TEST 4, PAPER 4 liR

Speaker11 1191

1Speaker2 1201

Speaker3

I 1221Speaker4

1 1231Speaker5

PAPER 5)

Speaking (14minutes)

~;B.:W!;III~~ (3 minutes)


How do you usually spend your holidays?Where did you go for your last holiday?Where would you most like to go for your next holiday?What do you think you gain from visiting other countries?

ti;B.:'\IlJ;l!I!~.DI!Ii~l!f.!I (4 minutes)

IYoung children (compare, contrast and speculate)!

Tum to pictures 1 and 2 on page 160 which show very young children.

Candidate A, compare and contrast these photographs and say how you think theseyoung children might be feeling. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate B, do you remem ber when you were very young?

ISeeking information (compare, contrast and speculate)

Tum to pictures 1 and 2 on page 161 which show people seeking information.

Candidate B, compare and contrast these photographs and say how difficult It is forpeople to find the information they need. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate A, do you find it easy or difficult to read maps?

1:M'.:WI;l!!!i~ (3 minutes)

IRaising money (discuss and evaluate) ITum to the pictures on page 162 which show ideas for raising money. Your school orcollege wants to raise money to buy a minibus What is the best way to do this? Whatkinds of problems might students come across trying to raise money?- (4minutes)


How ea~y or difficult is it to raise money?Have you ever been involved in a project to raise money for something?How would you set about raising money for something like a school minibus?Do you like giving money to people who stand in the street wit h collectlng tins?Why (not)?

u;B TEST 4, PAPER 5

.

PAPER 1 Reading (1 hour 15 minutes)

~0t~$f,,~;:r!~i~~~~!.'1You are going to read a magazlne article about tweenagers, a word used to describe an

age group of children who are not yet teenagers. Choose the most suitable heading fromthe list A-I for each part (1-7) of the article. There is one extra heading which you do notneed to use. There is an example at the beginning (O).


A Tweenagers readily accept what( they're told

B Factors affecting tweenagebehaviour

>-' The young are getting older everyday

D The commercial value of thetweenage ma rket

E Basicallya tweenager remains achild

F Tweenagers have real spendingpower

G Tweenagers are in control ofwhat they do

H The end of childhood fortweenagers

)", The need to belong is verystrong

"e", eli n' :Ii:;; " a'" "!t"!\~'g~%'4~jf

er~,:, .r:/' S-~ ',,',. ,.",!to' ~' '-

I O I c I secretly happier playing with dolis or toy cars than. . shopping for the latest fashion ]abe]s or watehing soapsTweenagers.It s one of those ]abels that marketmg and on television. But the pressure of friends means it's quiteadvertJsmg peop]e stlek onto new consumer groups to hard for them to follow their real interests as they wantpersuade them to buy more of the produets that are to fit in with their pcer group.suitable for their life-stage and their life-style. In the

ease of lweenagers, it's the eight to twe]ve-year-olds who I S I Iwant to grow up as fast as thev can, and who copy the .fashions and behaviour of the'teenagers they ean't wait Before the age of e]even or twe]ve chlldren have nott beco developed the capacIty for abstraet thmkmg. ThlSmeanso me. that they receive information fromthe media but are not

very like]y to question what they see and hear. Ateenager can watch something and ask questions like:'Are they just trying to sel! me something?' Teenagersrebel and protest but tweenagerstake it al! at face value,so are much more easily persuaded.

I6 I IMany teachers of this age group a]so eomment on thefact that tweenagersare jnto pop culture and fashionfrom the age of eight onwards. Most chi/dren of todayget a lot less physical freedom than previousgenerations, but a lot more freedom of choice. Manystay up Jate to watch what they ]ike on televjsion andmake friends with who they like.

I7 IOne teacher who has tanght this age range for a numberof years said, 'Ilike tweenag€l'S.By the time they areeight or nine most of them have developed a wickedsense of humaur, and they can really make me laugh.Be]ow that age they're still sweet, stil! want 10please theteaeher and do wolI. In spite of their fashionab]e lifestyles, however, they are still quite innoeent. Theimportant thing is that they may look like teenagers,speak like teenagers and want to be teenagers, but theyare stil! just chi]dren.'

I 1 IIn the UK there are about four mi/lion chi]dren in this agegro up and in the ]ast ten years this group has become aclearly separate socia] and economic unit. The market forchildren's clothes, musie, mobile phones and sa on in thiscategory is estimated to be worth about BO billion.

I2 I IMost of these children have lived through a period ofeconomic wealth and, according to recent research,pocket money has risen by 32% over six years.Consequent]y, tweenagersare a marketer's dream.

I3 I IFrom a psychologist's point of view, up unti] the age ofeight, a cbi]d's family is his or her most importantreference point and biggest influence. From eightonwards, other int1uences become important -particularly friends of the same age and sex, and rolemodeis from the world of entertainment and sport.

141 IEight to twe]ve is a broad age range and includes variouslevels of maturity. There are still ten-year-o]ds who are

TEST 5, fiDPAPER

~,aA?;~;41i~?:~;'Zl~~gt~;t~%WYou are going to read an article about a UK journalist called Paul Howells who gives advice

on how to design web pages for the internet. For Questions 8-15, choose the correctanswer A, B, C ar D.


Whatllove about my job is the variety.l get enquiries from people aU over theworld asking me how they should goabout setting up their own website. rvebeen asked about sa many subjects -anything from sameone wanting to teachpeople how to throw boomerangs toanother person selling paper flowerswhich they make at home in their sparetime.

Obviously with aUtho thousands ofwebsites available at the click of a button,you want to create an impression with

14 your website sa that it becomes a must-see destination. Not everyone is prepared,however, for the way in which a websitecan become sa popular that it actually hasto be closed down.

When peoplo first set up their websitethey probably pay their web advertiser amonthly fee basod on the number of hitsor page impressions their site receives. lithey can pay their monthly fee without itcosting them too much, that is the bestthat most people hope for. One guy, PetcBennett, whom l helped, wanted to set upa one-stop shop to provide decent imagesof the world's flags. He'd been fascinatedby flags since his boyhood and had noidea that thousands of other peopleshared his passion. Anyway, in one monthhis web page had over 1.5 millian hits. Asa resuh his internet provider trebled thefee that he was being charged. He wasn'ta rich person and he couldn't afford tospond that amount of money on a hobbywithout any benefit to himself, sa hedecided to carry advertising on his site.He found a company which specialises insmaUer sites and adverts were added tothe pages on his website. 50, although hedoesn't make a huge profit, at least hishobby provides him with a small income.

lDiI TEST 5, PAPER

]f you have specialist skiUsor oxportise, itcan pay you to sell the products thatpeople want. I helped one woman designa page to advertise the fact that she teUsfortunes, based on the information thather clients supply her with. li you wanther to tell your fortune, you fill in aquestionnaire online - your age, date ofbirth, hobbies, interests and so on and fora smaUfee she e-ma.ilsyou back yourfortune. You can print it out and it looksreaUygood, decorated with moons andstars, your zodiac sign and yourbirthstone. l tried it myself and althoughI'm not sure I believe it, my futuro/according to her is positive and exciting.I also found out that for someone bom inAugust, like me, the birthstone is aperidot, a pale green stone which I'dnever even heard of!

49

l also get a fair number of complaintsfrom people e-mailing me to say that theycan't access a website. When they click onthe site a message appears on their screensaying 'An erfor has occurred in the scripton this page'. This usuaUyhappens whensameone has tried to achieve fancy effectson their website by using programmingtechniques based on a scripting language.This means that unless they reaUy knowwhat they are doing, whoever designedthe site has probably made a mistake intheir programming. This is wbere peoplelike me come in. Most computerinstruction guides make things appearquite straightforward, but unless you'revery skilled, you're likely to run intoproblems. !t's generally worth getting aprofessional to help you set up your site inthe first place - otherwise people like mewould be out of work. And le!'s face it,

. . 'ig

TipStrip

Questlon 9: If you haven't(Ome aeross the

expressjon 'must-see'before, you should beable to guess what itmeans.

Question 11: What does'a smali ineome' allow

you to do?

Questlon 12: The word'eljents' ean be used in

many different eontexts;here it means'wstomers'.

8 What does PaulHowells enjoy most about his job?

A dealing with different peopleB his worldwide contacts

C teaching design skilIsD the range of topics

9 What does Paul mea n by 'a must-see destination' in lines 14/15?

A a website that can no longer be seen

B a website that everyone wants to visit

C a website that does not make a charge

D a website which has been well prepared

10 Why did PeteBennett set up a website on flags7

A He knew lots ot people shared his interest.B He hoped to make a lot of money.C A web advertiserwanted to sell flags.D He'd been interested in flags tar years.

11 Why did PeteBennett accept advertising on his website?

A to attract mare hits

B to repaythe huge feeC to add more interest

D to help him earn same money

12 Who are the 'clients' referred to in line 49?

A interested peopleB web page designersC internet providersD produet advertisers

13 Why do error messagessometimesappear?

A Peoplemake a mistake in their e-mail address.B Peopletry to put too much on the web page.C Peoplehave used a program incorrectly.D Peoplehave clicked on the wrong button.

14 What comment does Paul make about setting up a website?

A It is usually fairly easy to do.

B You must use a good instruction guide.

C lt can be quite complicated.

D You should rely on your own skilis.

15 What does Paul's final sentence suggest about his wark?

A There's a lot ot money to be made in designing websites.B There are far too many websites on the internet.

C There's a big chance of becoming unemployed.

D There are more web page designers than necessary.

TEST S, liDIPAPER

P;A,RT, .3'" ~'..'" You are going to read an artiele about a university prolessor. Seven sentenees have qeen

removed Irom the article. Choose Irom the sentenees A-H the one whieh lits eaeh gap(16-21), There is one extra sentenee whieh you do not need to use, There is an example at

the beginning (O),


A Popular musie is sueh a new area lor serious aeademie study that

it has very lew prolessors in the worid, let alone Britain.

B And same reeent research suggests that things are not likely to

change in the near luture.

SHE'STHE FIRSTEVER PROFESSOROF POPCHer publieations include three suceesslulbooks and numerous

articles.

D The Open University led the way in developing a course which laid

the loundations for the study ol popular culture in universities.SheilaWhiteley is Britain'slirst Prolessorol PopularMusic at the Open University.I O I A IAlthough she is naw in her sixties,ProlessorWhiteley, like many women ol her generation, had a short

careerbelore getting married and having ehildren. L16J_-_J .f.' Professar Whiteley remains as enthusiastic about modern music as

she was in her youth when the Beatles were around.She completed a degree as well as qualilying as a teacher. At that time, at the beginning ol the eighties, a

number ol university lecturers were developing the academic study ol popular culture, including lilm, TV,

radio and musie.F II you go into a recording studio, it is a strongly male environmenl.

G This course is a mixture ol theory and practical musicianship.

1171 I Theeoursecombined art, musicand politiesand SheilaWhiteley becamea tutor on theOU course. H' Once her children had grown up, however,she turned to studying.

Today, Sheila Whiteley says that popular musie is sexisl. 'In the music industry, the number ol women holding

top positians is lew. 1181 I The same is true ol the lead guitar players in most pop and rock

groups. In a reeent list of the 100 best guitarists ol ali time published by a music magazine, only three were

women. Boysget together and learn how to play at around 12 or 13. 119\ I While boys grow upwanting to be lamous lootballers or rock stars, girls want to marry lootballers and roek stars.'

TipStrip

SentenceD: What does 'led the way' mean? At the head of something or following behind?

SentenceE:Whatexamplesof modernmusieeanyouRndin thearticle?SentenceH:Whatdoesthe word'however'contributeto themeaningofthis sentenee?

120 I 1 Naw, however,when she listensto the latest bandsshe discusseship-hop, rap, techno,

ragga and reggaewith young would-be roek musicianswho are studying on the PopularMusie CQurse.

. 121I I 'Beeausethe study ol popular music is 50new there is a freedom which other academicsubjectsdon't have,' she says.

Topies under researeh in her department include the politics ol eertain kinds ol musie, and the inlluence ol

Norwegian laik musie on Norwegian jazz.

IIB TEST 5. PAPER 1 TEST S. PAPER 1 ~

.~..;A':t~;T.%.;';\~ WWj~ij;A~;You are going to read a magazine article in which three writers describe the best places to

visit if you want to see the biggest cats on Earth. For Questions 22-35, choose fram the

people A-<:'. The people may be chosenmore than ance. When more than one answer isrequired, these may be given in any order. There is an example at the beginning (O).


Who

finds lions most interesting? ~[EC]rm=J~@:CJlm:=:J~~~LTIDrm=J~[EL]~

lEC]

mentions seeing animals by boat?

thinks it's best to go on an organised trip?

says you will always remem ber seeing an animai?

mentions being in quite a dangerous situation?

is concerned about the fali in animai numbers?

recommends a place to see more than one species?

comments on the way animals organise themselves?

had only one sighting of an animai during a long period?

came acrass an animalone evening?

comments on animals being visually attractive7

thinks animals could belon g to another planet?

thinks it's easy to see cheetahs and leopards?

mentions controlling access to the animals?

TipStrip

Question 25: Look for a sentence that makes the situation clearly dangerous, even though theword itself isn't in the tex!.

Question 31: What other words do you know for 'evening'?

Question 33: How else can we refer to something belonging to another planet?

UlI TEST S, PAPER 1.

For thirty years I have foliowed the big cats of Africa,

the lions, the leopards and the cheetahs and they have

never lost their magic for me. They are such mysterious

creatures, and in their comings and goings they are likespirits fram another world.

Cheetahs are easy to find because they hunt in

daylight. They are also the fastest ani mai on Earth with

powerful, long limbs. They cannot fight lions but they

can run away or hide.

Leopards are much harder to find as they are very shy.

But it is lions that I find most exciting of ali, and many

years ago it was the lions of the Masai Mara in Kenyathat first caught my imagination.

Lions are the only truly social cats, increasing their

strength by living in graups, cal led prides. A typicalpride might include about six females and two or three

mature males. Most females remain in the same pride

all their lives, but young males are forced to leave after

twa ar three years to wander until they become strongenough to form their own pride.

If you're hoping to see ali three big cats in action,there is nowhere better than the Masai Mara.

It's not easy to see a tiger, but when you do, you'lI

never forget it. I saw my first one at dusk in Nepal.

Half the tigers in the world live in India, but in westernNepal, on the Kanali River, which is famous for its

dolphins, you can see tigers as well.

When I first saw the tiger it was sitting far away on a

forest raad, but It had disappeared when we reachedthe spot. I searched the bushes without success, untill

realised a huge male tiger was staring out at me from

among the leaves. I backed away and It sprang acrossthe road and vanished.

Tigers are 50 beautiful, orange and stripy, and wit h

cuddly white spots behind their ears. There are

prabably fewer than 7,000 left in the whole world

and sightings of tigers are rare.

If you want to see tigers, it's worth visiting a project

Tiger Reserve in India. You can stay in government-

run rest houses, which are quite cheap. However, youthen have to hire your own transport with a driver

and a guide. You are also likely to be given a fixed

raute by the warden which you must keep to. This is

one way of making sure that not everybody goes to

the same place at the same time and it reduces theamount of disturbance.

~For me, the jaguar is the most impressive of all the

big cats. Why? Its beauty? Its status in South

American folk tales? Its power? Ali these and more.

The jaguar is a rare animai, hard to see, and it

deliberately avoids humans. Almost everyone who

goes on safari in Africa will see a lion and many

people will see cheetahs and leopards. But you haveto be very lucky to see a jaguar.

The jaguar is the world's third largest cat after the

lion and the tiger. It is most often found in the

trapical rainforest in Brazil, but if you really want to

see one, you have to keep to the rivers and the

beaches. In the dry season between May and

September you may be lucky and see a jaguar

sunbathing on the river banks, but you can increase

your chances of seeing one if you go on a rivercruise.

In Central America there are thought to be only afew hundred, while in Amazonia they are still

widespread. I spent eight months in South America

and only saw a jaguar once during the whole time Iwas there.

TEST 5, PAPER 1 lB'iI


p';~i,R ;:;rE;t~;;I~J;ff~;;EJ You must answer this question.

You recently joined an international friendship club. You are not satisfied with the

service you have received. Read the advertisement, together with the notes you have

mad e, and write a letter to the director of the club asking for an explanation.

International friendshipClubWould you like to make friends with people

from ali over the wor/d?

Just send us your name, age and address, brief

details about yourself, your family and your hobbies,together with a recent photograph.

The photograph will be returned directly.

se~f- p/Aof-o

'" ...o~f-/A"':J°

Choose 6 countries where you would like

to have a friend. We will then send you the namesand addresses of the people who will correspond

with you./A",ve /Ae",v.A

~of-/Ai~:J

Z o~ly so .p",v

Within 2 weeks you will receive letters from your6 new friends.

This serviceis free for ali students! W/Ay .Ai&! / :Jef-'" bill, f-/Ae~?

Write a letter of between 120 and 180 word s in an appropriate style. Do not write anyaddresses.

!ID TEST S, PAPER 2

.

P;:AR)'f""2 'i;:;';:;."

TipStrip

Question 2:.Choosea place whichyou have some ideasabout. It couldbe aspecific place (i.e.Sydney, Australia) or anunspecified place (Le. askiing resort)..Makesure you includereasons for your choice.

Question 3:.Thetone of your lettershould communicatepteasure at theopportunity to see yourfriend..Clearly suggest ameeting place, as yourfriend is a stranger.

. Don't be too ambitiousin your plans as youonly have one day!

Question 4:.Don't choose thisquestion if you don'tlike sport!

. The question allows youto be eithera player ora spectatar, but youranswer should conveyenthusiasm.

Questlon s(a):.Say whether you agreeor not with thestatement, and givereasons (with dearreference to the endingof the book) for youropinions..Usea formaiar neutral'style.

Question s(b):.Rememberto begin andendtheletter. "

appropriately..Givea reason forwriting to your friend.Tell them briefly aboutthe story. ' ..Give some examplesfrom the book to

explain why you likeand dislikethe two .

characters you havechosen. ..Use an informalstyle.

Write an answer to one of the Questions 2-S in this part. Write your answer in 120-180words in an appropriate style.

2 If you had to choose one place to spend a holiday, where would it be and why wouldyou choose it?


3This is part of a letter you receive from an English-speaking friend who is coming onholiday to your country.

We will be spending a day in your town during oUr coach tour Do you think

we muld meet? If 50, what do you suggest we do? I've never been to your

area and it would be great to see you.

Write your letter, suggesting how you could both spend the day together. Do notwrite any addresses.

4 A magazine for young people called Personal Opinions has asked you to write about

your favourite sport. Write an article, describing your favourite sport and what makesit 50 enjoyable for you.

Write your article.

5 Answer one of the following two questions based on your reading of one of the setbooks.

Either (a) 'A book must always have a happyending.' With reference to thebook you have read, write a composition, saying whether you agreeor disagree with this statement, and why.

Or (b) Write a letter to an English friend telling them about the characteryou like most and the character you like least in the book you haveread, and why.

TEST S, PAPER 2 DilIi

PAPER 3

'P1'~~~~!0rr{~;J~;i:§J)\lqf.Yt~W.

TipStrip

Question 5: Which wordmeans the same as 'bealive'?

Question 10: Whichphrasal verb means 'findsomething by chance'?

Question 13: Which wordhas the same meaning as'certain'?

E1D.


For Questions 1-15, read the text belowand decide which answer A, B, C or D best fitseach space. There is an example at the beginning (O).


Example:O A idea C thing D objectB subject

G A B C D I

O ==-=.

THE DODa lIVE5 ON

For many people the islandof Mauritiusin the IndianOcean means one (O) : a tropicalparadise. But for scientists, It (1) the heart of an age-old mystery: the mystery of thedodo. There are 50 many stories that (2) this bird, which could not fly, that it is difficultto separate fact from (3) .

The dodo was one of the most famous birds of ali (4) , vet we know very little about it.Within a few yearsof being discovered it had ceased to (5) and there are not manygood eye-witnessreports that describeit. It (6) in Mauritius,but after its discoveryinthe late sixteenth century, the dodo was (7) around the world as a (8) , a flightlessbird which attracted and fascinated everyone who saw it. But some birds occasionallysuffered a worse (9) . They were cooked and eaten by starving sailors who (10) .across dodos when they landed on the island.

TEST 5, PAP ER 3

..

\l'g;;~Y;!R;~~~~l:~r~~'r*

TipStnp

Question18: This missingword introduces a

contrasting idea.

Question 22: What tenseis needed here?

Question 25: Rememberthat this common

missing word is acting asan adjective in thissentence.

For Questions 16-30, read the text belowand think of the word which best fits each



Example:

G during I

NAPPING 15GOOD FOR YOU

Napping, or taking short periods of sleep (O) .d.ur.i.n.g the day, is a basichumanneed. According (16) "" .. numerous studies, napping decreasestirednessandincreasesenergy levels. Napping Isbasedon common senseand (17) animaion the planet naps.(18) """"""""" many people prefer to fight against tirednessrather (19) . . take a short sleepduringtheday.

For the (20) " of workers a nap in the afternoon increasesproductivity,creativity and problem-solving skilis. One expert (21) called for a new partto the work day,a period called 'nap time'. He arguesthat the modern work system(22) not designed around the actual physicalneedsof people's bodies.Peoplehavecoffee breaks, (23) . . what they really need is nap breaks.

Chronobiologists, scientists(24) .. . study sleep patterns, saythat 'morning'people can benefit from a twe nty (25) ... . nap around noon, while 'night owls'need a nap around three or four in (26) ... afternoon. The key isto(27) out what kind of nap you need and for (28) long.It has been establishedthat even very short breaks reduceerrors and accidentsand are(29)""" ... useful if taken about eight or nine hours (30) . . youwake up.

TEST 5, PAPER 3 liD

There are (11) ..... from the seventeenth century which record (12) ..... of the bird in itsisland ho me and beyond. However, nobody can be really (13). . about the history of thedodo and (14) ..... the truth is never going to (15). . easy.

1 A represents B gives C makes D reproduces2 A create B treat C support D surround3 A literature B fiction C fairy tale D evidence4 A days B time C periods D history5 A exist B matter C happen D last6 A arrived B started C originated D born7 A packed B shipped C sailed D wrapped8 A speciality B puzzle C show D curiosity9 A event B fate C destruction D finish

10 A feli B walked C came D tripped11 A indications B sheets C documents D prints12 A sightings B vlewings C inspections D reflections13 A fixed B sure C particular D steady14 A uncovering B lifting C undoing D telling15 A come B feel C prove D suggest

~JiA;Il ,:;r.~)1;r3W&~.tf.~'~h;'1

TipStnp

Question34: Whichpreposition follows'blame'?

Question 40: This is averyinformai way ofmaking a suggestion.

lD!1II

.

For Questlons 31-40, complete the second sentence sa that It has a similar meanlng to

the flrst sentence, uslng the word glven. Do not change the word given. You must

use between twa and flve word s, Including the word given. Here Is an example (O).

Example: O The bag Is not big enough for ali my luggage.

smali

The bag .

The gap can be filled by the words 'is too smali' so you wrlte:

for ali my luggage.

~I is too smali

Wrlte only the missing words on the separateanswersheet.

31 You can stil I get a tlcket for tonlght's concert if you haven't got one already.uniessYou can still get a tlcket for tonight's concertalready.

32 'My mother doesn't work In the factory any more,' sald Vera.noVerasaldthat . . Inthefactory.

33 Theysaythat the Presldentis thlnklng of ealllngan electlon.said

The President. """"""""""""""""""""""" of calIing an electlon.

34 Joesald it was my fault that he mlssedhis bus.blamedJoe . his bus.

35 I could never have won the wrltlng competition without your advlce.you

I could never have won the wrltlng competition,me.

36 I haven't seen my grandparentssinceChrlstmas.time

The. . grandparentswas Chrlstmas.

37 A second-handcar is cheaperthan a new one.expensiveA second-handcar. a new one.

38 Tomy astonlshmentthe stranger knew my name.find

I. the stranger knew my name.

39 Although he had hurt his hand, Don stlll dld hisviolin practlce.his

Despite. .., Don still did his vlolin practlee.

40 Let'svisit my parentstomorrow.goWhy see my parents tomorrow?

TEST s, PAPER 3

~;!A';!fl);;r~~~E'4l~j,~i~j

TipStnp

Une42:Can'water' evertake the indefinitearticle?

Une 48: 'safety' is anabstract noun.

Une 53: Isit everpossible to use 'a + such+ adjective'?

For Questlons 41-55, read the text belowand look carefully at each line. Some of the Ilnesare correct, and some have a word which should not be there.

If a Ilne 15correct, put a tlck (01') by the number on the separate answer sheet. If a line

has a word whlch should not be there, write the word on the separate answer sheet.There are two examplesat the beglnnlng (Oand 00).

".mpl, ~ " I

00 too

O

00

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

Mongolia Iles in the heart of Asia, between China and Russla.

It has a rlch collectlon of anclent folk tales whlch are too

popular wlth Mongollan people, especlally one about a very

foollsh fellow. One night thls man went to fetch a water from

his wel!. Gazing down Into the well he qulte saw the moon

reflected In the distant water at Its own bottom. He Immedlately

thought the moon had fallen down the well, 50 went to fetch up

a large Iron hook whlch he attached to a long rope. He let the

rope down carefully and tried to catch the moon 50 he could pull

It to the safety. He heard the hook splash Into the water and 50

he started out pulling. But the hook had caught on some weeds

and no matter how hard he tried It wouldn't move. Eventually he

pulled wit h ali his strength. The rope been broke and he was thrown

fiat onto his back. Looking up he saw the moon shlnlng down at hlm

from the night sky. Wlth a such satlsfied smile he thought that

although It was the heavlest thlng he had ever had to be move,

at least the moon was back where It belonged.

TEST 5, PAPER 3 UlI

~?~X~'j%l"~t~}~t~t~Vl%~

TipStrip

Question56: What kindofword is required here?

Question 61: Watch yourspelling!

Question 62: Will youneed a negative orpositive word here?

D.l1.

For Questlons 56-65, read the text below' Usethe word glven In capitals at the end ofeach line to form a word that fi ts the space In the same Ilne, There 15an example at the

beglnnlng (O),

Example: 0 memorablelWrlte your answers on the separate answer sheet.

PAPER 4

JfjA.\flli!1'\~)"~L"t;ft~I'!!~~'):t!i

TipStrip

THE OXFORD AND CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITYBOAT RACE

The first Boat Race was a (O) mem9.r0P.)e occaslon and took place

In 1829, One of the (56) , ' of the racewas Charles

Wordsworth,who had(57), """" , establishedtheunlverslty

crlcket match In 1827, Today, almost two centurles later, one of the most

(58) """ "'" , thlngs about the Race15Its

(59) , ""'" worldwlde, In fact, there is even a Boat Race soclety

whlch 15responsible for the annual (60) '" , of vldeosof theRace to ali Its members,

The Race 15rowed on the River Thames In London over a

(61) of about four miles, Thousands stand on the banks to

watch, however (62) , , and cold the weather mlght be, Just

(63) "". . if the weather 15very windy, a boat mayfili with

water and slnk, a (64) . . slght and obvlouslya great

(65). "". . to the boat's crew,

TEST s, PAPER 3

MEMORY

FOUND

SUCCESS

Question 1: Listen foranother way of sayingwhat you 'like most'about something.

Question 3: The tone ofvoice the speakers use isa further clue to choosingthe right option.

Question 5: The speakeris giving instructions;some of the vocabularycan only refer to one ofthe options.AMAZE

POPULAR

DISTRIBUTE

LONG

PLEASE

OCCASION

DRAMA

EMBARRASS


You'll hear people talking In elght dlfferent sltuations. For Questlons 1-8, choose the bestanswer, A, B or C.

You heara young woman talking about starting a new job.What does she Ilke most about lt?

A the salaryB the peopleC the hours

I 11I

2 You hear a taxi drlver talking about a passenger.What dld the passengerdo?A He objected to the cost.

B Heforgot his luggage.C He lost an address.

I I21

3 You hear two women talking about magazlnes.

What 15thelr attltude towards the magazlnes?

A They refuse to buy them.

B They disllke the free offers.

C They dlsapprove of them.L_J31

4 You hear a man talking about a local exhlbltlon.

What dld he find interestlng?

A the 011palntlngs

B the old photographsC the advertlsements

14 j

5 You hear a woman explaining somethlng to a chiId.What 15she talking about?A how to make a paper boatB how to bulld a model pianeC how to draw a a motor car

I 51

6 You hear two people dlscusslnga frlend.What has happened to thelr friend?

A He has broken his arm.

B Hefeli whlle out walking.C He had a skiing accident.

I 61

7 You hear a man talking about a book he has read.

Why does he recommend readlng it?

A because It deals well wlth a boring subject

B because It treats bulldlngs serlously

C because It Is such an Impressive bookLEI

8 You hear a woman talking about a journey.What 15she complalnlng about?A the lack of Informatlon

B the delay to the fllghtC the standard of the hotel

I 8 I

TEST 5, PAPER 4 E!D

PtA7iR~~)eXij:2);r;~,~tili~i

TipStrip

Anothertaskin Part 2 canask you to completenotes.o Beforeyoulisten,read

the questions. Thinkabout the type ofinformation that ismissing.

o Lookcarefullyat thelayout of the questions.The words you need towrite are on the tape.

o Writeoneto threewords In each space.

o Checkyourspelling.

Question 10: You shouldbe able to predict theklnd of answer; listencarefully to see if you areright.

Question 14: Lookcarefully at thepunctuation to help youunderstand what is

required to fili the gap.

Questlon 15: Do youexpect a noun ar verb wilibe needed to fili the gap?

~,;;A;k1t~~~~i3~M~~;~~r~7;

TipStrip

A: Wha( would youexpect the person to referto If (heir memory is'visual'?C: This is not (he same as

never belng able toremember anything!F: Listen for the personwho says that despitetrying hard they neverseem able to rememberthings.

Dl.

You will hear part of a local radio program me in which a man is talking about a new

college which has recently opened. For Questions 9-18, complete the notes.

HARDACRE COLLEGE

Collegebuildingssurrounda I 0Studentsare expectedto travelby I I~

Buildingsare separated by I @] and flowerbeds

@] and students can use college nursery

Disabledstudents can use I ~ to reach top floors

Banks and post office: open; I ~ will open later

Students interested in drama and musie can use I ~

Laborator!esand lectureroomshave I ~ and interactivevideo

Totalnumberof students willbe I [~

Another chanceto vis!tcollegeon I ~ next Saturday

Youwill hear five different people talking about their memory. For Questions 19-23,choose from the list A-F what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There is oneextra letter which you do not need to use.

A I have a very visual memory.

B A good memory can be a disadvantage.

C I forget where I put things.

D I can't remember what matters.

E I've leamt to train my memory.

F I've got a hopeless memory.

TEST 5, PAPER 4

P.A{.a".rrj;:if;i4;,t;~;";}R'

TipStrip

Question 24: Thespeaker's intonation willgive you a further due tothe carrect answer.

Questlon 25: The speakerand the intervlewer laughbut Is It because Susan

has told a joke?

Question 30: Listen forthe speaker to say 'butwhat is really special' tohelp you focus on theright answer.

You will hear part of a radio interview wit h a woman called Susa n who runs a city farm. ForQuestions 24-30, choose the best answer A, B or C.

24 How do people react when Susan sayswhat she does?A They are shocked.

B They are upset.

C They are puzzled.~

25 Why did the school teacher write to a newspaper?A to advertise for farmers to visit her school

B to express alarm at the children's responseC to share a good joke with the readers

1251

26 What was the feeling about the first city farm?AChildren loved it.

B Parents were annoyed.C Localpeopledisliked11.

1261

27 Why did Susanget involvedin the cityfarm scheme?A She was attracted by the children's reaction.

B She had always taught young children.C She had once been married to a farmer.

1271

28 How did the children treat the animals?

A Theywere too afraid to touch them.B They were unsure what to do wlth them.

C They were very kind towards them.LI281

29 How did people react when Susan set up her city farm?A The shopkeepers offered to buy her produce.B Peoplewere interested and very helpful.

C Some people thought it was a waste of money.

30 What does Susan flnd most rewarding?A the fact that some children want to be farmers

B the children's involvement outside school hoursC the way the childrenwant to look aher the lambs

1291

~

TEST 5, PAPER 4 liD

Speaker1 I 1191

Speaker2 I 1201

Speaker 3 C0

1221Speaker4 I

Speaker5 c::::=@]


~,\~(~(R:\tr.i%1!1)~i:t!;wffi;\~1~;i"(3 minutes)


What are your hobbies or interests7

What kind of music do you most enjoy listening to?

Do you like playing sport?

Are you interested in reading? What sort of things do you read7

~i~Y!!!,\8!:,[1~(7#!i(f~~W*.~i (4 minutes)

I World of work (compare,contrast and speculate)

Tum to pictures 1 and 2 on page 163 which show people at work.

Candidate A, compare and contrast these photographs and say how easy or difficult these

jobs might be. You have a minute to do this

Candidate B, would you like to do one of these jobs?

IShopping (compare, contrast and speculate)

Tum to pictures 1 and 2 on page 164 which show people shopping.

Candidate B, compare and contrast these photographs and say what people find enjoyable

or otherwise about shopping You have a minute to do this.

Candidate A, do you like shopping for certain things7

'~~~t~irf1'fi({;Ji;;jt,!t4~~f(3 minutes)

IChoosing a decoration (discuss and evaluate) ITum to the pictureson page 165 which show ideasfor what to put in the entrance hall ofa schoolor college. Look at the suggestionsand decidewhat would be the most suitablething to display

~i~'f~1t*##Yi!ii;.~Ji~~~I'kWJf(4 minutes)


How important is it to provide works of art in public places?

Do you agree with people who think money could be better spent?

How important is it to decorate your own room or bedroom?

If you could choose anything at ali to put in your own school/college/office, what would

you choose and why?

~ TEST 5, PAPER 5

.


.p';;Ar1R!~f;!i~\ri(i~~€~~You are going to read an article about an English woman cal led Ellen MacArthur, the

fastest and youngest person to sali around the world in a single-handed sailing race.Choose the most suitable heading A-H for each part (1-6) of the article. There is one

extra heading which you do not need to use. There is an example at the beginning (O).


A Unbelievable hardshipsand difficulties

,B Disapproval ofreporting style

C Success for someone so young

D Braver than a man

F' Unknown sailor beats

competition

,G She's so tiny!

H Huge welcome home

E Ellen MacArthur makes no fuss

14 j . IlO' F I

EIlen MacArthur became front page news when, in2001, she came second in the Vendee Globe round-the-world yacht race. Up until that point most people haduever heard of her, even though at one stage during therace it had looked as if she might win.

, 11 - IThe Vendee is the toughest race in the sailing world;others have died trying to complete the 26,000-milecourse around Antarctica, but Ellen MacArthur spentthree months at sea on her own and succeeded at theage of twenty-four where many others, far older andmore experienced, had failed.

I21 I

She sailed alone in a yacht which would usually requirean ll-strong crew. She changed sails twice her weightmany times a day; she climbed 30 metre-high poles tocarry out repairs to the sails in storm force winds; shelived on dried food and slept for no more than 10minutes at a time; she escaped icebergs and stared deathin the face more than once.

I3 I JAs her damagedyachtlimpedbackto civilisation,thousands of people gathered on the shore to cheer heron. Her parents were flown out in a helicopter when shewas 120 miles from the finishing line and were able towave to their daughter before greeting her in anemotional reunion once she had arrived on dry land.

II was an extraordinary adventure story, but what madeit aIl the more interesting for the media was the fact thatthe hero was a woman - and a smali woman at that!Some newspapers presented her as 'brave little Ellen'and referred to her by her first name as if she were achiid. Indeed, in many newspapers she was caIled a 'gir!',and the reports described how she cried when she finaIlystepped off her yacht.

, 51 j

Ellen MacArthur has been recognised as the best ocean-going sallor that Britain has ever produced, so this kindof reporting seems particularly insulting and depressing.II is hard to imagine that a man who had achieved thesame success would be referred to as a 'sweet little thing'or 'Little Fairy of the Oceans'.

161 I

Ellen MacArthur's courage and determination wereamazing but she herself has remained modest about herachievement. For her it was aUin a day's work. In 1995she had been judged Young Sailor of the Year and in1998 Yachtsman of the Year, so taking on the VendeeGlobe was the next naturai step in her sailing career.

TEST 6, PAPER 1 lD1I

iI';,~'i§R@1J'!Z~2'{i;l!I~r~~i;!You are going to read a part of a story about a girl called Maria who is going on holiday

with her parents. For Questions 7-13, ehoose the eorreet answer A, B, C or D.


'All right, back there?' said Maria's father.'Not much longer naw,' said Maria's mother.Neither of them tumed round. The backs of their heads rode smoothly forward

between the landscapes that unrolled at either side of the car; hedges, trees, fields,houses came and went before there was time to examine them.

Back behind her parents' travelling heads, with the countryside unrolling tidily ateach side' of her, Maria hoped there would be something to talk to at this holiday househer parents had rented for the month. You can always talk to people, of course. It isusual, indeed. The trouble with people is that they expect you to say particular things,and sa you end up saying what they expoct, or want. And they usually end up sayingwhat you expected them to. Grown-ups, Maria had noticed spent much time tellingeach other what the weather was like, or wondering aloud if one thing would happen,ar another. She herself quite liked to talk to her mother, but somehow her mother wasalways about to go out, or into another room, and by the time Maria had got to thepoint of the conversation, she had gone. Her father when she talked to him would listen

16 with distant kindliness, but not as though what she said were of any great importance.Which, of course, it might not be. Except, she thought, to me.

And sa for real conversation, Maria considered, things were infinitely preferable.AnimaIs, frequently. Trees and plants, from time to time. Sometimes what they said

20 was consoling, and sometimes It was uncomfortable, but at least you were having aconversation. For a real heart-to-heart you couldn't do much better than a clock. Fora casuaI chat almost anything would do.

'Here we are,' said Mrs Foster.Maria and her parents got out of the car and stood in front of the house, considering

it. At least Maria considered it. Her mother said, 'How pretty. I like the whitewalls,' and her father began to take the suitcases from the car. Maria went onconsidering.

It was a tidy house' II stood neat and sguare - or rather, rectanguIar, for it waslonger than it was high - with a regular number of green-shuttered windows upstairsand down, on either side of a black front door.

'Well, Maria,' saidMr Foster. 'Is it anything like you imagined?''No,' said Maria.'Built around 1820,I should think,' said Mr Foster in his instructing voice.And Maria thought, never mind about that, because somewhere thereis a swing. 11

isblowingin the wirid- I can hear the squeaking noise it makes. Good, I shalIlikehaving myown swing. And someone's got a little dog that keeps yapping. She walkedround thecomer of the house into the garden, to see where the swing might be, butthere was nothing to be seen except a large sguare lawn and a good many trees.

DJI TEST 6, PAPER.

TipStripThis text is taken from a

modern novel;the style isdescriptive and the writerfocuses on how Maria

feeis and reacts to thingsaround hero

Question 7' Read the firstfew lines carefully. IfMaria's parents reallywanted to talk to their

daughter they wouldprobably tum to look ather - at least her motherwould and her father

would repeat hisquestion if he needed ananswer.

Question 10; Readthetext carefully and thinkhow Maria must feelwhen her mother

disappears as soon asshe wants to talk to her.

Question 13' Why doesMaria say 'Good'?

7 What do we learn about Maria's parentswhen they speakto her without turninground (Iines 1-3)?

A They would rather ignore her.B They are too busy talking together.C Theydo not expeet an answer.D They think she may be asleep.

8 Why does Maria hope there will be something to talk to at the house?

A She says she often feels bored and lonely.B She ean't rely on people to talk to hero

C She dislikes being wit h other ehildren.D She feels people have fixed ideas.

9 What doesthe writer suggest about Maria'sopinion of adult conversation?

A It is too diffieult to follow.B It ean often be quite dulI.C The topies are unexpeeted.D The topies are interesting.

10 Whieh word best describesMaria'sfeelings when shetries to talk to her mother?

A disappointedB worried

C angryD impatient

11 What do you think the writer means by Maria's father listening with 'distantkindliness'? (Iine 16)

A He eannot always hear what she says.B He tries very hard to understand hero

C He is not really involved in what she says.D He pretends to know what she means.

12 What does 'it' in line 20 refer to?

A what things sayto MariaB Maria talking to herselfC what people sayto MariaD the attitude of Maria's father

13 What is Maria most interested in when she arrivesat the holiday house?

A there is a dog she ean talk toB the faet that the house isvery oldC the faet that she ean hear a swingD the surprising appearaneeof the house

TEST 6, a;;uPAPER

p 'A'{RT"3;:§iC't;;t: You are going to read an article about a team of gardeners from England who went to

India. Eight sentences have been removed fram the article. Choose fram the sentences

A-I the one which fits each gap (14-20). There is one extra sentence which you do not

need to use. There is an example at the beginning (O).


A GARDEN FOR PALNA CHILDREN'SHOME

Palna Children's Home is in Delhi, in India. The word palna means 'cradle' in Hindi and the staff at the home

look after helpless and often very sick children. The children receive a high standard of medical care as they

are nursed back to health. 1 O I E I

Everythree yearsThe BritishCouncil, which is a charitableorganisation, givesthe PalnaChildren'sHome

about fSO,OOO.1141 I Groundforce, the team of people responsiblefor developing the garden,

are best known for their gardening programme on BBCtelevision. 1151 IIn setting out to transform the graunds of the children's home in Delhi, Groundforce visited the Taj Mahal

palace. 1161 1 Not only the buildings, but also the gardensof the TajMahal were a sourceof

inspiration to Groundforce when it came to designing the children's garden in Delhi.

Before starting work, the team looked carefully at the existing grounds in order to design a garden which

would be culturally appropriate and at the same time provide fun and pleasure for the children.

117 ! I Natural substances fram this tree can be used for medicinal purposes.

The garden at Palna was much larger than the typical British gardens that the team we re used to working on.

1181 1 They createda central circlearound the Neem tree which was connected to other parts ofthe garden by long, formai avenues of palm trees, called bottle palms. The pathways we re made out of local

stone and the overall effect of the pathways radiating out from a central point resembled the rising sun. The

walls were painted a deep rich red, and peaceful seating areas in the shade for staff to relax were carved by a

local stonemason using stane from Rajasthan.

Groundforce used huge concrete drainage pipes for the children to run through. 1191 I One ofthe tunnels was designed with a water feature. This was made by creating a constant fountain-like spray of

water at the tunnel entrance using shower heads fixed Into the graund. 5hower heads normally spray water

downwards but these shower heads point upwards. The tunnel is known as The Terror Run; the slower the

children run through it, the wetter they get!

When the garden was finished there was a grand apenin g ceremany at which everyone who had been

involved in the project was present. 1201 1 The team of gardeners,who said it was the mostcomplicated garden they had ever created, were delighted by the looks on the children's faces when they saw

their new garden for the first time.

lI!I!1 TEST 6, PAPER 1

TlpStrip

Sentence B: What is TheTerror Run?

Sentence F: Whichparagraph mentions astructure that can bereferred to as a'monument'?

Sentence H: Why was theassignment unusual?

A Before getting down to work the team decided to visit the local shops andmarkets.

BAlso present were lots of children, the bravest of whom thoroughly enjoyedtesting The Terror Run.

.C In 2001 this money was used to create a garden for the children.

D In the centre of the garden was a large Neem tree which is com mon in manygardens in India.

,~ Many children live at the home, whereas others come on a daily basis.

This white marble monument was built in the seventeenth century and isregarded as one of the most beautiful buildings in the worid,

y' The pipes were dug into the ground and made secure by pilingup earth andbuilding simpledrystane wallson either side of each tunnel.

H 50 for gardeners used to working in a very different enviranment and climate thisassignment was unusual, to say the least.

) However, Groundforce came up with a design that made the most of the space,using the existing Neem tree at the centre.

~,~~jfl~'i~~~~iK~1$!i\1j~4You are going to reada magazinearticle in which four young people talk about runningtheir own business, For Questions 21-35, choose from the people A-D, The people may

be chosen more than once, When more than one answer is required, these may be given

in any order, There is an example at the beginning (O),


Who

went directly from studying into business? ~rm=J[EL]@C][EL]~cm=]~cm=J~@C]~[EL]~

[ITC]

was refused a bank loan?

was unemployed for a while?

is thinking of expanding their business?

borrowed money from their family?

has a smali staff of people working for them? ~gave their original work away as gifts?

discovered the factory by reading about iP

works on other deslgners' products7

mentlons the amount of time their work takes?

has already expanded their working space?

chose thelr career while learning something else?

doesn't mention the cost of their product?

sells thelr product to the theatrical world?

TipStnp

Question23: Look for the person who has new ideas for developing their business.

Question 32: 'expanded' is used here to indicate an increase in working space.

Question 34: One person makes no mention of whether ar not their product is expensive.

E:I:!Jf] TEST 6, PAPER 1

.

young

I started up my oWn businessbasicallybecauseI wasout of work. I was fed up with applying for jobs andnot even making it to the interview stage, Anyway, Isaw an article in the local newspaper about rentingwork space in an old factory. You could get a loan for

any equipment and you only needed to repay themoney once your business was making a profit. Addedto which the rent was very law.

50 that's exactly what I did. I borrowed some moneyand bought a computer and a colaur printer. I'vealways been interested in art and design and I lovemusic and watching videos, I set about designingcovers for music CDs and videos and sent off some of

my work to various music companies, entertainmentmagazines and sa on and within a year I had moreorders than I could cope with by myself. Now, twayears down the line, I employ a staff of three and

we've branched out into designing the covers forcomputer games, I've been incredibly lucky and mybusiness has really taken off.

My parents told me about the factory when I waslooking for a studio to set up my own business. I had

left art college fuli of ideas as to what I was going todo. But I was horrified when I saw the cost of rentingeven a tiny studio.

I produce hand-made gift boxes and wrapping paper.Each box is individually designed and decorated withgold flowers and butterflies, The wrapping paper ismade to match and I will also take customers' requestsif they want something very special. Sa, becauseeverything is hand-made my products are quiteexpensive, But you can't buy them in shops orsupermarkets so they really are special.

Actually as the demand for my wark has increased, I've

now got sameone working for me and I'm thinking ofsetting up a mail order business, probably using theinternet.

If it hadn't been for the opportunity to rent a space in

the factory, I would still be waiting and hoping!

B u s N E s s E sAn old factory was empty for 30 years until young people

started moving in and setting up their own businesses,

;C'.Euan ",'.'.'..'/,'."";.',

I tried to get a loan from a bank in order to start upmy business. I spent hours producing a business plan,but the manager turned me down because she

thought it would take years for me to make any kindof profit. Well, how wron g she was! My parents lentme the money for the first year's rent and I started

wark in one of the factory's smallest rooms, Now, mybusiness has grown to such an extent that I actuallyrent three rooms. I make wigs for people in show

business. It's not that these people are bald, they'veali got their own hair. It's just that most of them are

on stage night after night and they don 't always havetime to look after their hair ar get to a hairdresser, 50they rely on being able to wear a wig that exactlymatches their oWn hair co!our.

A wig is very expensive - anything from fl000

upwards for just a smali hairpiece. The raw materia Ito make a wig is very costly and then every hair hasto be threaded by hand sa it's hours of work. And

then you have to look after a wig very carefully; itneeds to be repaired quite often which takes time.For that reason a lot of people actually have twa.

DMeryl;;, ",..,Cj

I moved into the factory straight after leavinguniversity. I studied history but ever since I was a smalichild I've been interested in sewing. And halfwaythrough my degree course I realised that although Iwas enjoying the subject, what I really wanted to doas a career was embroidery - that's stitching with silkand threads and suchlike. I used to embroider scarves

for friends for birthday presents and people lovedthem. 50 I sent same scarves to a couple of topLondon stores and they placed orders almoststraightaway, They send me the scarves made by theirown design team and I embroider and decorate eachscarf so that it's completely unique and individual. Asit's a very expensive decorative technique and takes

hours to do, the scarves are only found at the top endof the fashion market. Recently, I've been asked toembroider the necklines of jackets and the bottomedges of trousers and skirts, sa business continues toexpand.

TEST 6, PAPER 1 iD.]


P,,)A:i~}:;r";~.~~~~~X\;,);t04 Youmust answer this question.

You have seen an advertisement asking for young people to support an environmentalprogramme. You would like to join the team but you want to know more. Using the

notes you have made. write to Caring for our Forests. giving necessary details and

asking for further information.

CARINGFOR DUR FDRESTS .'.... .

. What could be more important thanthe future of our planet?

. Millions of trees are cut down everyyear to provide us with the paper weneed for our newspapers, books andmagazines.

whe" e"",cHy'

f1ow10"3'

"'3d

. You can help by joining a team thissummer who will be planting newtrees and looking after our forests.

. In exchange for your time, we canoffer accommodation in smali logcabins situated in the centre of a forest.

tv""'SPOyl-? -Poo"\,

ow" YOOl'\'

. You will work in a friendly team of like-minded people.

. Special clothing and equipment areprovided.

ow" c\o\-hes"ee"\e"\,

. Contact us now if you are interested.

Write a letter of between 120 and 180 words in an appropriate style. Do not write

any addresses.

iD.! TEST 6, PAPER 2

T ':JA;;!R.i)il\iiT2~~;;:,t\;~#

TipStnpQuestion2:.Planyourstory before

you start writing..Makequite sure thatyou know how you aregoing to include thesentence which youhave to end with. Yourstory must lead naturaIlyto this conclusion andmake complete sense inthe context of the wholestory.

Question 3:.Readthe questioncarefully as it providesclear paragraphs foryour report: where theconcert took place, thepragramme, what youliked about the musieand whether you wouldrecommend acancertlike this to your class.

Question4:.Thisquestionasks youto discuss the topic;you may agree ordisagree ar you maythink that there arearguments both in favourand against thisstatement..Makesure yousupportyour opinion with somefacts. (You may havehad experience yourselfwhich is relevant.)

Question 5(a):.If you agree wit h thisstatement, it may bebecause you thlnk thebook is boring, ar toodifficult..Ifyoudisagree,you maythink the book isexciting and has a themear a message whichappeals to young people..Usea formalor neutralstyle.

Question 5(b):.Thinkabout the aspectsof the book whichmight make a goodfilm, e.g. visual interestbecause the story takesplace in differentlocations, strang andinteresting characters,fast and exciting piat..Usea formalor neutralstyle.

Write an answer to one of the Questions2-5 in this part. Write your answer in 120-180words in an appropriate style.

2 You have been asked to write a story for your student magazine which ends withthese words:

A day which had begun with tears ended in smi/es.

Write your story.

3 You have been to a concert which you enjoyedvery much. Your teacher hasaskedyouto writea reportof the concertsayingwhat you enjoyedabout the musieandwhether a similar concert would appeal to other students.

Write your report.

4 After discussingthe topic in class,your teacher has askedyou to write a compositionwit h the following title:

Living with a fami/y abroad is the on/y way to /earn a foreign /anguage.


5 Answerone of the following twa questionsbased on your reading of one ofthe set books.

Either (a) 'Thisbook is not real/ysuitableforyoung peop/e.' Write acomposition sayingwhether you agreeor disagreewith thisstatement and why.

Or (b) A magazine hasasked readersto recommenda book which they thinkwould make a good film. With referenceto the book you have read,write an article sayingwhy you think it is suitable materiaI for a film.

TEST 6, PAPER 2 ~

PAPER 3

~;!A~'R1'Jf,&1f~~!!f~i~~Zi

TipStrip

Question 3: This is a lixedphrase - only one wordcan be right.

Question 5: Which olthese words callocateswith 'wark'?

Question 9: Which olthese phrases means tobe in contact withsameone?

m!E


ForQuestions1-15, read the text belowand decidewhich answerA, B, C or D best fitseach space.There is an exampleat the beginning (O).


Example:O A goes sets D doesmakes CB

0~6661

CIRCUS CHILDREN

When the Moscow StateCircus(O).. . on its annual tour of Europe,the younger membersof the circusare still expected to (1) with their education. Thecircususually (2) fora few daysin eachtown, 50 how do the young performersmanage?

One twelve-year-oldgets up at the crack of (3) to practiseher act before (4) off toschool. She returns at lunchtime to her family's caravanand more practice. Not only doesshework (5) , but she also hasto make a whole new (6) of friends eachtime shemoveson. '11'5exhaustingwork but Ilike the circus(7) ,' she says.'The worst (8) ... . iswhen I make new friends and haveto leavethem, although I try to (9) by letter.'

The Russianwho runsthe circusmakes(10) that ali the children get a propereducation When the circusfirst arrivesin Britain, he (11) the traveller education serviceand givesthem the (12) ... . of all the children, and when they will be in certain towns andcities. 'It's a fantastic (13) ,' he says.'I receivea (14) when we reachthe next towntelling us where to meet. We are then accompaniedto the schooland introduced to theheadteacher. It works like (15) ....

TEST 6, PAPER 3

- For Questions16-30. read the text belowand think of the word which best fits each space.Useonly one word in each space.There is an exampleat the beginning (O).


Example:

~I who I

PETER BENCHlEY lIKES SHARKS

Peter Benchley,the author (O) vvho wrote the novel Jaws, thinks it may be partlyhis fault that people don't like sharks.The movie, (16) ... on his book, involveda terrifyingmonsterfish (17) .. """"""'" main purpose was to attack anyone(18) . . everyone in the ocean.

In (19) , sharks kill approximately 12 people a year. In (20)peoplekill millionsof sharkseveryyearand(21)""""""""" to 90 percentof greatwhite sharkshave been (22) """"""""" out. Peter Benchley admits, 'I created

something that doesn't exist.' He hopes to set (23).. . record straight wit h anew documentary film he has made The film focuses(24) . same of the

more attractive aspects of great white sharks.For (25) , one extremelybravediver demonstrates that when you touch a shark on the nose, (26) . goesvery still.

Benchleygrew up in Massachusettsin the USand (27) .. .. . a large part of hischildhood swimming in the ocean. He got the idea for Jaws (28) . ... a

newspaper article about a man who caught a shark which (29) """"""""" about

2,000 kilos. When the movie was made, Benchley had the opportunity to appear(30).. """""'" an actor, playing the reporter on the beachjust before the sharkattacks for the first time.

TipStrip

Question 17: The missing word is a possessive relative pranoun - take care wit h the spelling.Question 20: This phrase intraduces a contrast to the previous sentence.

Question 23: This word is part ol a lixed phrase.

TEST 6, PAPER 3 D'f.!1iJ

1 A progress B maintain C continue D further2 A slows B stops C places D moves3 A dawn B morning C day D light4 A following B leaving C heading D directing5 A strict B difficult C strong D hard6 A form B gathering C set D collection7 A life B way C living D type8 A section B piece C part D side9 A keep in view B keep in touch C keep in line D keep in mind

10 A sure B definite C important D time11 A connects B notices C reaches D contacts12 A facts B details C quantities D demands13 A system B habit C plan D order14 A sign B signaI C message D word15 A lightning B clockwork C new D wildfire

~,:g"A:it~ii[\m~\9!3!:;~,~~f~~i;

Tip Strip

Question32: What doyou doil you are notsatisfied wit h something?Whieh word wiUyou needto put after 'make'?

Question 34: Whathappens to the lorm olthe word after 'mind'?

Question 39: Thissentenee needs a phrasalverb.

&mE.

For Questions 31-40, complete the second sentence 50 that It has a slmllar meanlng to theflrst sentence, uslng the word glven. Do not change the word given, You must usebetween two and flve words, Including the word glven. Here is an example at the (O).

Example: O The bag 15not big enough for ali my luggage.

smali

The bag .

The gap can be filled by the words '15too smalt' 50 you wrlte:

. for ali my luggage.

G is too smali

Wrlte only the missing words on the separate answer sheet.

31 I offered to lend Lisa money for a holiday but she refused.turned

Lisa. . to lend her money for a holiday.

32 If you are not satlsfled wlth the hotelservice, you should say 50.make

You should .hotelservice.

. If you are not satlsfled with the

33 The gardens are open each day for vlsitors to enjoy the flower dlsplays.

thatThe gardens are open each day .

displays.

the flower

34 Could you carry my case for me, please?mind

Would my case for me, please?

35 I wlsh I hadn't mlssed your birthday party.

reg retI. . your birthday party.

36 'Have you bought a new blcycle?' Ben asked Katy.whether

Ben asked Katy . a new blcycle.

37 The flight to the Islands took fifteen hours.was

It flight to the Islands.

38 John's spelling Isso bad I can hardly read his letters.such

John is . . I can hardly read his letters.

39 The cold wet weather depresses me and I feel homeslck.

getsThe cold wet weather . and I feel homesick.

40 How long have you been a doctor?becomeWhen a doctor?

TEST 6, PAPER 3

~~~0.bj,;r~~{'4~~!~i~~~~

TipStrip

Line 48: Make sure youread to the end ol thesentenee on the next line.

Line 50: Whieh word inthis line 15unneeessarybut would be eorreet ilthe word 'make' was inthe same line?

Line 55: Is there acomparison in this lastsentence?

For Questions 41-55, read the text belowand look carefully at each Ilne. Some of theIlnes are correct, and some have a word which should not be there.

If a Ilne 15correct, put a tick (v) by the number on the separate answer sheet. If a linehas a word which should not be there, write the word on the separate answer sheet.There are two examples at the beglnning (Oand 00).

~ :"t, id, I

Example:

O

00

41

42 ...

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

I had a terrlble rall journey home last week when I went to see

my parents. They live in the country, outside mlles from the

nearest statlon, 50 they usually plck me up by their car.

The traln was late at leavlng London, 50 I rang home on my

mobile to have let my parents know what was happening.

There was just one delay after the another. Flrst of ali, there

was a slgnal failure, then the traln In front of ours broke down.

After that there was a problem with the englne, 50 we had to

walt for ages long at astatlon whlle a mechanlc checked things.

When l flnally tried to ring ho me, my phone battery was gone

fiat. The guard offered to lend me his mobile but stlll by this

tlme my parents had left home, 50 I couldn't contact wlth them.

When we eventually arrlved almost three hours late, the platform

was In complete darkness. I couldn't see my parents much anywhere

and I was really worrled. I made my way carefully down the steps

and headed for the car park. There, 50 fast asleep inslde the car

were my poor parents, more exhausted wlth waltlng for me.

TEST 6, PAPER 3 iJD1]

For questions 56-65, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end ofeach line to form a word that fits the space in the same line. There is an example at the

beginning (O).

Example: G difference I

..~..A'>;R\tT~;S~~!).~t

Wrlte your answers on the separate answer sheet.

ANGEl OF MERCY

Vicky Smith is a paramedic with a (O) .0.i.ff!<r.e.t:J.C;;.e;her business is saving

lives by flying to accidents in a helicopter. She flies three or four times

(56) with the paramedicteam, whichcan be on the scene(57) ten minutes.

Her job clearly brings huge (58) but Vickyfinds it very

rewarding. After leaving school she (59) as a medical

technician, learned to drive an ambulance and completed her

(60) to becomea paramedie.Herjob hasa greatdeal of

(61) , and she has receivedan awardfor her

(62) in rescuinga womantrapped ina housefire.

Airambulancesprovidean essential(63) that helpssave

hundreds of lives in countries throughout the world. (64) .................

peoplewho receive(65) immediatelyafteran accident,

especially in the first sixteen minutes, have a higher chance of survival.

TipStrip

Question 56: Take care wit h spelling.

Question57: You need lo add a short suffix lo Ihis word.Questlon62: What kindof word is needed here?

DUI!I TEST 6, PAPER 3

DIFFER

DAY

WITH

RESPONSIBLE

QUALlFY

TRAIN

VARY

BRAVE

SERVE

USUAL

TREAT

T PAPER 4

'P!A;iR:T~:::1~;~~~?i!X

TipStrip

Questlon 3: Listencarefully lo Ihedisagreement belweenIhe twa speakers. Whatwas the main problem?

Question 5: Whal pointdoes Ihe speaker makeabout families?

Question 8: The gir!summarises whal shelikes after making herchoice.

Listening (approximately 40 minutes)

You'lI hear people talking in eight different situations. For Questions 1-8, choose the bestanswer, A, B or C.

1 You hear a man talking about his new car.Why did he buy it?A He wanted another colour.

B He neededto replace his previouscar.C He receivedan attradive offer.

2 You hear a woman talking about having her purse stolen.Where did she always keep her bag?A besideher chairB on a shelf

C under her desk

3 You hear a woman talking on the phone to her friend.What has happened?

A Her friend waited outside the wrong cinema.B Thewoman misunderstood the time.C They have both missedthe film.

4 You hear adodor talk ing about a baby's first year.What point is he making?

A It is a difficult subject to investigate.

B Parents are the most important influence.

C The experiments include grandparents.

5 You heara radio announcement about a new health and fitness centre.Who is it designedfor?A studentsB workersC famllies

6 You hear a woman telling her friend that she is giving up her job as a banker.

What is her reason for leaving?A She wants to earn more.

B She needs a change.C She dislikes the stress.

7 You hear a man talking about an evening pienie.What was the disadvantage?A the foodB the weather

C the insects

8 You hear a girl talking about a new hotel for young people.What does she particularly like about it?A the security arrangementsB the fad tha! it is on the beach

C the low pricesand good food

TEST 6, PAPER 4

CEJ

CTIJ

CTIJ

CTIJ

CTIJ

DIJ

CTIJ

I 181

nnn

i'M~j,'ll'1;r~~i?2!1f11@t~~~,

TipStnp

Question 10: Can youpredict what might befrightening in thiscontext?

Question 12: What areyou likeiy to be 1isteningfor to answer this

question?

Question 16: Do youexpect a noun ar verb willbe needed to completethis sentence?

EIiIfj

You wili hear part of a radio program me in which a man called David North talks about ananimai called the bay cat. For Questions 9-18, complete the sentences.

David North was in Borneo to make a

0 about the island's geography.

He wanted to run away when he thought he heard

lEJ in the grass.

There may be intervals of I EJbetween people seelng bay cats.

The bay cat was first seen in 1874 but not recorded

again until I ~

Theanimal'slongtail is I ~ at its end.

In 2000 a I I~ photographer managedto take photos of the ani ma!.

The fact that a bay cat was caught indicated

the environmental I I~ on the anima!.

A I ~ had forced the baycat into the open.

Theworld's I ~ did not find out about the

bay cat until It was back in the jungle.

Scientlsts hope the bay cat will contlnue to live

in the hill I ~ in Borneo.

TEST 6, PAPER 4

!g1\~~{\~~f~J\fl~~~:

TipStrip

c: Speakers 2 and 5 bothmention e-mails. Whichone finds that e-mailsbeneFit their mood?

E: Speakers 1 and 5 bothmention food or drink.Whose mood is changedby these things?

F: Speakers 1 and 3 bothmention musie. Who saysit puts them in a goodmood?

lRi~~~'(iiT~~~r~l~!.~~t'01!,~~i

TipStrip

Question 25: Oilie says 'Iwas convinced ...' 15thisrefiected in thestatement?

Question 26: What didOllie expect? How does'but what is really nice ...'help you to focus on thekey information?

Question 30: What doesOllie say about hisfather's behaviour in thekitchen that links withthis statement?

You will hear five different people talking about what puts them in a good mood. ForQuestions 19-23, choose from the list A-F what each speaker says. Use the letters onlyance. There is one extra letter which you do not need to use.

A Talking to hiends makes me feel good.

B Taking exercise works for me.

c Receiving e-mails cheers me up.

D I have to go shopping.

E I need to eat somethlng sweet.

F I rely on musie.

You will hear a radio interview with a young man called Ollie Smart, who is an artist.For each of the Questions 24-30, decide which of the statements are True and which are

False Write T forTrue or F for False in the boxes provided.

24 Ollle had expected a large number of replies from children.

25 Ollie was sure that painting attracted many young people.

26 Ollie is surprised that children paint for thelr families.

27 Ollie thinks allowing children into a kitchen can be a problem.

28 Ollie's mother always encouraged him to experiment.

29 Ollie wants children to run their own TV show.

30 Ollie used to get annoyed when his father helped him.

TEST 6, PAP ER 4

I 1241

I 1251

I 1261

L_J 27J

1 1281

I 129j

I 1301

iJIIi]

Speaker 1 I 1191

I 1201Speaker2

I 1211Speaker3

Speaker4 I 1221

ISpeaker5 1231


p .AR.T,j"1..,; .',',.(3 minutes)


What isthe most popular food in your country?

Do people narmally go out to eat or do they preler to eat at home?

What do you enjoy doing at weekends?

What did you do lastweekend?

p 'A.'R /1T:>:>:2 \', ':O'i:';" (4 minutes)

IOld and new (compare. contrastand speculate) I

Tum to pictures 1 and 2 on page 166 which show differentcombinations ol things old

and new.

CandidateA. compare and contrast these photographs and say whether you think itis

important to keep som e things Irom the past. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate B. did you enjoy studying History when you were at school?

IEducation (compare.contrast and speculate) JTurn to pictures 1 and 2 on page 167 which show people in c1assrooms.

Candidate B. compare and contrast these photographs and say whether you think itis

importantto spend as much time as possible studying before going out to work. You havea minute to do this.

Candidate A. do you enjoy studying?

PA'RiT",'Y;3j):'i,;f)'.'}:' (3 minutes)

llioliday job (discussand evaluate)1

Turn to the pictures on page 168 which show the differentways students can work in their

holidays. Which jobs do you think would provide really useful experience and why?

P,A'R "7:.1;"'4 ",./;{'.. (4 minutes)


What sorts ol jobs would you be willing to do in your holidays?Do you thinkearning a lot of money is more important than the job?

Would you like to do one ar many different jobs in the future?

Do you think work is more impartant than leisure7 Why (not)?

mE TEST 6, PAPER 5

",.

"""","-


p,!A tRg.;(,%1",;:~,jFi~~ You are going to read a magazine artic1eabout a woman who mad e a special train

journey. Choose the most suitable heading from the list A-I lor each part (1-7) ol the

artic1e. There is one extra heading which you do not need to use, There is an example at

the beginning (O).


A The daily pattern

B Difficulty with the plumbing

C A strong sense of absence

.D Caring lor the passengers

E A tasteol each country

/F' A reminder ol previous glary

G The train acts like a market

H Gettingto know the locals

I Slow progress

I Slo,"", -I-~ain -1-0 Chinalw -- F ~We boardedthe trainin Moscowas the sunwassetting.aur cabin was a vision of past grandeur: heavy mirrors,old light fittings and various pictures of different countryscenes. I sat on my bed and drank tea as I watchedMoscow slipping away. This was to be my horne for thenext four nights. The greatest train journey in the worldwas, sa far, living up to my expectations.

W , ~'Hi guys,' said a voice from the next-door cabin. Thisturned out to be Rachel, from New Zealand and she,too, was travelling all the way to Beijing in China. Weeach had a luxury cabin and each day an attendantcleaned and dusted the tiny room and looked after us.This meant that whenever the train stopped he wouldmake sure we were back on board on time.

W _IOn the first night I was puzzled over how to get anywater from the taps, and ended up brushing my teeth inminera! water. I later discovered that there is a piece ofmetal sticking out behind the tap, and that this has to bepushed up in order for the water to appear.

Wm ~

This was proper train travel. There were no delays, noproblems with the track ar the signais and I feli asleep asthe trmn chugged genUy through western Russia, andwoke up with the train still chugging through westernRussia. Outside, smoke curled from the chimneys oflitUe houses surrounded by birch trees.

~I --- II sat with Rachel in the restaurant car and discoveredthat the food was provided by the country you happen tobe passing through at the time. This meant that inMongolia the meals were quite smali and simple and inChina they were like a feast with lots ar different dishesto choose trom.

LU __IDuring the first and longest part of the journey, 5,191kilometres between Moscow and Siberia, we movedofficially from Europe into Asia. At each station we gotout to stretch our legs and settled into a peaceful trainlife, broken only by the occasional energetic walk alonga platform in a distant town where we smiled at the localpeople. By the time we reached Irkutsk we had crossedfive time zones in four days, resulting in the unusualexperience of train lag.

LU __IThe train moved onward to Mongolia and stopped inUlan Baatar, where the platform was crowded withpeople. They had come to buy from the traders who hadpiled their boxes anto the !rain when it left Siberia.

~I IThe final train which took us to China, stopped,considerately, at a station situated within the GreatWall, so we could take photos. That left twa days inBeijing before we flew home. The whole trip lasted justover a week but we came back feeling we had been awayfor months.

TEST 7, PAPER 1 Dm'!

'P.,IA\;JJ;"0~~t2:~~({~,~f"You are going to read an article about weather forecasting. ForQuestions8-14, choosethe correct answer A, B, C or D.


Weather forecastingCydones in India, hurricanes in theCaribbean - severe weather events make

news headlines almost weekly. Yet evenin Britain, which has comparatively fewdimate extremes, the country is stillgovemed by the weather. ]f it's pouringwith rain the British might stay indoors orgo to the cinema; if it's fine they'lI have apicnic.

Most people nervously study the weatherforecast the evening before if they've gotan important appointment the folIowingday. Even if they have nothing planned,the weather often affects their mood.

For individuals, the worst that can usualIy16 happen if the weather catches them on

the hop is that they get wet. For business,the effects are far more serious. Airlines

and shipping companies need to avoidsevere weather and storm-force

conditions. Power companies need tomake sure they can supply the demandfor electricity in cold weather; farmersplan their harvests around the forecastand food manufacturers increase their

production of salads and other summerfoods when fine weather is promised.

So who or what do meteorologists -weather forecasters as they are morecommonlyknown- relyon whenit comesto producing a forecast? Ninety percent ofthe information comes from weathersatellites, the first of which was launchedinto space nearly forty years ago and was

35 a minor revolution in the science of

forecasting. Up until then, forecasters hadrelied on human observers to providedetails of developing weather systems.As a result, many parts of the world

where there were few humans around,especialIy the oceans, were information-free weather areas. Today, however,satelIites can watch weather pattemsdeveIoping everywhere.

In the UK meteorologists have also reliedon releasing four weather balIoons a daytram eight fixed sites. These balIoonsmeaSure wind, temperature and humidityas they rise upwards to a height of about26,000 metres.

Some commercial aircraft can also befitted with a range of forecastinginstruments although this system hascertain disadvantages. For example, itcan provide a great deal of informationabout the weather on popular routes, suchas London to New York, but little aboutthe'weather on more out-of-the wayroutes.

Instruments aboard ships can also supplybasic weather information as welI as

important data on wave height.GeneralIy, the range of these instrumentsis fairly limited but they can indicatewhich direction rain is coming from, howlow the doud is and give an idea of whenthe weather system will reach land.

One forecaster who has made a name for

himself is a man calIed Piers Corbyn, whobases his forecasts on watching the Sun.Most forecasters will olfer forecasts for

only 10days ahead, but Corbyn'sforecasts are for 11 months. Althoughmost meteorologists believe that there isno scientific basis for his work, Corbyn'sforecasts are used by insurance companieswho want to plan months in advance.

DfI.i) TEST 7, PAPER 1.

54

TipStrip

Question9: People getwet if they have not got araincoat ar umbrella with

them; did they expect itto rain?

Question 10: How manydifferent businesses arelisted?

Question 11: Readto theend of the paragraph todiscover why it was a'revolution'.

m

8 The weather system affects people's lives in Britain

A despite being fairly moderate.B becauseit is so changeable.C becauseit is always raining.D despite being very seasonal

9 What doesthe writer mean by the phrase'catches them on the hop' in lines 16/177

A Peoplerun for shelter.B Peopleare too busyto notice.C Peopleare far from home.D Peopleare unprepared.

10 Why does the writer list so many different businesses in paragraph 37

A to give examples of ordinary people's livesB to show the extent of the weather's influence

C to describe the recent effects of the bad weather

D to explain how people manage in bad weather

11 Why is the first weather satellite described as a 'minor revolution' in line 357

ABCD

It watched the human observers.

It replaced human observers.

It provided extra forecasts.

It forecast the weather in space.

12 Using airplanesto help forecast the weather is

A very popular.B not expensive.C quite new.D not idea!.

13 What does 'iI' in line 54 refer to?

ABCD

using balloons

using satellites

using aircraft

using ships

14 Corbyn's forecasts using the Sun are considered

A

B

C

D

useless and unscientific.

helpful but short-term.

useful by some people.

unhelpful in the lon g-term.

TEST 7, iIIIiIfJPAPER

P;A;fll\j;T':'i!k3%:W;1tj~~i§, You are going to read a newspaper article about a man who works in the kitchens of a

fast food restaurant. Eight sentences have been removed fram the article. Choose fram the

sentences A-I the one which fits each gap (15-21). There is one extra sentence which you

do not need to use. There is an example at the beginning (O).


FAST WORK FOR FAST FOOD

When I graduated fram cookery school, I could have applied for jobs in ski chalets or on board ships sailing

araund the Caribbean. Instead, I applied to work in a fashionable fast-food restaurant and suddenly found

myself working very long hours in hot, sweaty kitchens fuli of completely crazy characters.

I thought that starting at the bottom of the food chain, as opposed to the high life of skiing and sailing,

would be good training. 1 Ol H 1

At 7.45 each morning I stagger into the kitchen wit h ali the other cooks, exhausted fram working a 10-hour

shift the night before. 1151 1 Nothing is where it should be. Vegetables have been left on the

floor and raw fish has been left uncovered in the fridge. A couple of dustbins have not been emptied and

everything has to be cleaned before we can begin the day's wark.

1161 II fili a sink with water, thraw in severalbox loads of the stuff and wash each leaf separately.My hands aresa cold I can hardlyfeel them.

Between 9 and 10, the line chefs start arriving. 117 -I 1 Theyswan araund the kitchens shoutingorders at the poor cooks like me whose job it is to prepare all the ingredients.

But if anything goes wrang ance the customers' orders start coming in, you can guess who gets the blame. If

they run out of sauce,then it's the cook's fault for not preparing enough in the first place.L!8J__~

The chefs are only under pressure at particular points in the day. The cooks are under pressure ali the time.

1191 1 This is when the waiters get told what the day's special menus are. Then, no saoner are we

back in the kitchen to start the lunch service than three deliveries of food and drink arrive ali at the same

time. 1201 1 I am faced wit h carrying boxesof frazen chipsor bottles of fruit juice fram the.Iorries down twa flights of stairs to the stare raoms.

Bymid-afternoon, the lunchtime rush is dying down. 1211 1 Then I am allowed to have my freestaff 'lunch', by which time I'm too tired to eat.

iU3 TEST 7, PAPER 1

.

A This meansI get sent to sort them out.

"B. Theseare the people who get ali the glory.

c Before we open at midday, ali the staff meet in the restaurant.

D I arrive home twelve hours after I left.

E. My first job of the day is shopping, and shredding leaves and lettuces for salads.

);/ However, I don 't get anything to eat unti! the end of my working day, at 6 thatevening.

G There'sbeen a break of just about four hours and the kitchen has not been tidied. fram last night.

}I/ I couldn't have been more wrang.

If the chicken goes col d, then it's the cook's fault for not keeping it in the ovenlonger.

Tip Strip

Sentence B: Can you find a verb + preposition which is associated with the idea of behavingproudly?

Sentence C: Why do you think the staff meet?

SentenceE: What has to happen before the lettuce is shredded?

TEST 7, PAPER 1 iIi:Im

You are going to read a magazine article in which four young people from different

countries talk about falling in love. For Questions 22-35, choose from the people

A-D. The people may be chosen more than once. When more than one answer is

required, these may be given in any order. There is an example at the beginning (O).


1>,~;c(~lt~fI',,)i;t!~~)@,\~~j;~~

Who

feli in love while on holiday?

was speech less when the relationship ended?

seems to have made a mistake by being generous?

was the younger person in the relationship?

finds it difficult to forget about the other person7

thinks most people experience disappointment?

planned to meet up later in the year7

feli in love at university?

is still unsure about what went wrong with the relationship?

feli in love in an instant?

didn't agreewith what was said?

says they took the lead in the relationship?

thinks they we re told a lie?

went away wit h other people during the relationship?

Tip Stnp

Question22: Look for another way of saying 'speechless'.

Question31: Look for another way of saying 'in an instant'.

Question 33: What doesit mean to 'take the iead' in a situation?

iD!] TEST 7, PAPER

[ITD~~[EC]@C]rm=JfED~~cm=:J[EL]rm=J~@CJ

~

Who Broke Vour Heart?

Mexico

Everybody my age has had their heart broken. A gir!called Maria broke my heart when J first went to

university. J hadn't had many girlfriends and I thoughtMaria was the love of my life. She was a beautiful gir!with Iovely eyes, and I still don't really understand whyshe finished with me. We had been out for the cveningwith same friends and on the way back my car brokedown. Our friends decided they'would walk back to townbut Maria didn't want to. I tried to fix the car myself but

it was dark and J couldn't see what I was doing. Anyway,in the end I had to leave hel' alone in the car whiJe I

walked to the nearest phone. When the car waseventually mended and we drove back to hel' fiat she toldme she didn't want to see me again. I mean it's not as if it

was my faul! that the car broke down - these thingshappen.

Switzerland

After leaving school, my boyfriend worked in the loca]supermarket. II wasn't very well paid, but he wasn't surehe wanted to go to university. I got a job as a trainee in alarge bank and sa J was earning more than him.

We decided we'd go on holiday with a group of friendsand my parents agreed as we would all be staying in ayouth hostel. I paid for my boyfriend and we all had afantastic time. However, when we got back he startedbehaving strangely and said he fel! depressed and wantedto be alone. I did everything I couid to support him but

he said: 'I'm not good enough to bc your boyfriend anymore.' I tried to persuade him to change his mind, but hewoulcin't and I was really upset for ages after we stoppedgoing out together.

~South Africa

I went to Germany with my parents for a holiday acoupie of years ago. And it was while we were therethat I met Sonya. She was Swedish and the same age asme. We had a great time together and when the holidaycame to an end we decided we 'd keep in touch andshe'd come to South Africa at Christmas. We wrote, e-mailcd and tclephoned each other, sometimes twa arthree times a day. I missed hel' dreadfully and the threemonths unti! Christmas secmed ages away. J guess itmust've been same time during November when I didn'thear from hel' for a couple of days. I rang hel' horn e andin the end hel' mothel' answered the phone. She saidSonya didn't want to speak to me as she was too busy. Jdidn't believe hel' sa J wrote a long letter asking Sonyato explain what was going on. I never heard back and ofcoursc she never came to South Africa. J still think

about hel' and wonder what she's doing.

~Australia

J was 16 when I met Scott. He was a really good-Iookingguy and he was new to aur college as his parents hadcmigrated from England. For mc it was love at firstsight. Thc second J saw him it was like a shot ofelectrieity.

My parents told me not to be silly, but when there was a

college disco I went up to him and asked him to dance.After that we started going out ance or twice a week,but looking back it was probabJy more to do with measking him than the other way round. I didn't mind salong as wc could be together. He was sa cool: tall,

blond, sporty and, most impressively of all, he had a bigmotorbike. He was a year older than me and verypopular with everyone. Then one day, after about threemonths, he just said: 'Jt's finishcd. !t's all avel'.' I wasvery sad and quitc angry. I just stood there not knowingwhat to say and he turned around and walked off. Jt was

ages before I could get through a day without thinkingabout him.

TEST 7, iD]PAPER

PAPER 2 Writing (1 haur 30 minutes)

'r,'lA:"~:;T.~~l,'s*~~i"l~~ You must answer this question.

You and a friend want to arrange an end-of-term entertainment for your English

class. Your friend has found an advertisement. Read his/her notes together with

the advertisement and write a letter asking for more information.

What do you think about this place? I'm away with my parents this.

1

weekend, so can you contact the Centre for more information? I'veadded everything I can think of, but you will probably think ofsomething else.

See you next week.

AVALON LEISURECENTRE

. Avalon Leisure Centre is the ideal place to holdyour special event.

. We can provide whatever you want: have your

party inour swimmingpool, hold your disco in our ---IL S"""e pYlcegymor hlreour garden and use our tennls courts, II-.p 11 1-v. 7which are lit up at night. oy Ol ese.

11-'11v.",ve 1-0 '>:>e

t We provide a specialist food and drink service to fitcv.e",p! your budget.

-rv.l i wv.",t- . We offerspecialratesfor students and youngs s people.we "ee,A!

C"", yo" ,Ao1-v.ls,p1e",se?

. Come and discuss your requirements with us orwrite to us first telling us what you want and wewill arrange an appointment 50 you can discussthings further.

Write a letter of between 120 and 180 words in an appropriate style. Do not write

any addresses.

iJfE TEST 7, PAPER 2

'P-,~~)e.,:iI"~:~W;2~~::~Wf~~~,

TipStrip

Question 2:

Think carefuliy as towhether you can writeabout an experience and

make it sound amusing.Don't exaggerate thingsbut try to describe theexperience in as iively away as possible.

Question 3:Mention some of yourcountry's traditional food.You wij[ need to know the

names for the ingredientsand give elearinstructions on how tomake the dish. Don'tforget to inelude anappropriate opening andending to your le!ter.

Question 4:This question asks you todiscuss the topic; youmay agree ar disagreewith this statement.

Make sure you supportyour opinion with sameexamples.

Question s(a):Think about how the plotdevelops because of a

relationship between twoof the characters. If these

twa people were not partof the story, whatdifference would;t make?Use a formai style.

Question s(b):

Say whether you agree ardisagree with thestatement. In order to

Support your opinion youwili also need to mention

other parts ofthe story,e.g. the middle and theending. Use a formai arneutral style.

Write an answer to one of the Questions 2-5 in this part. Write your answer in 120-180words in an appropriate style.

2Your school magazine has asked for articles about readers' amusing experiences. Writean article describing an experience which you have had and why it was amusing.

Write your article.

3Your pen friend has asked you about the typical food in your country so that he/she

can try and make a traditional dish at home. Write a letter telling your friend

about your country's traditional food, giving details about how to cook onespecial dish.

Write your letter.

4You have been discussing fashion and the clothing industry in your English lesson.

Your homework is to write a composition wit h the following title:

The fashion industry is on/y interested in young peop/e.


5Answer one of the following two questions based on your reading of one of the setbooks.

Either(a) A student magazine is publishing articles about relationships in fiction.

With reference to the book you have read, write an article about the

most important relationship in the book and the way that relationshipaffects the story.

ar(b) 'The best part of the story was the beginning.' Write a composition

saying whether you agree or disagree with this statement.

TEST 7, PAPER 2 ~

PAPER 3

~#~'{sR,\\l@l'i$i;!1t~;tth~!j'J

TipStrip

Question 2: Only oneworld collocates wit h

'money'andalsohasthe Icorrect meaning In thlscontex!.

Question 6: A, B and Ccollocate wit h 'hoid' but

only one of them is rightIn this contex!.

Question 15: Whlch wordcollocates wit h 'growtharea'?

EU]


For Questions1-15, read the text belowand decide whlch answerA, B, C or D best litseach space.There is an exampleat the beginning (O).

Markyouranswerson the separate answer sheet.

Example:

O A ought shouId willB C D may

G A B C D=-==FUN AND GAM ES

Do you think computer gamesare just lor kids?Then you (O) think again. You mightbe (1) to learn that the games industry now (2) more money than Hollywood.(3). . a lamily buysa new PC,ali they reallywant to do is to play games.

It is hardly surprising that video gaming has (4) one ol the most popular (5) olentertainment today. A good game is like a good lilm; It will hold your (6) ..' . , captureyour imagination and play with your emotions.

The big (7) , however, is that watching a movie is a passive(8) . You have no sayinhow the plot (9) or which charactersdomlnate the story.With computer games,youdirect the (10) and that iswhat makesthem 50 exciting. Finding the (11) game isIlkelyto signalthebeginningol a lastinglove (12). . with theInteractive(13)... . olmake-believe.

It is (14). . to think ol gaming as something simply lor children and teenagers. In la et,

the (15) growth areaol the market is the 25-35 age group.

p(~~*iIl~61I"tE~ii2t~~~)it"'Jp

TipStrip

Question 18: Whlchnegative word is oftenused belore 'oniy'?Questlon 20: What kindofword fits the meaninghere?

Question 21: What verb +'over' makes a phrasalverb that fits themeanlng here?

For Questions 16-30, read the text belowand think ol the word which best lits each



Example:

G doj

FUNCTIONAL FOODS

In the 21st century lood will (O). ..09 more than just leed you. A new range olproducts appearing (16) """"""""" shelvesin shops and supermarkets(17)""""" "" designedto giveyouspecilichealthbenelits.Thedemandsol modernlile make these loods very attractive. (18) "'" . only do they provide proven waysto improve health, but they are alsovery attractive (19) . a quick andconvenient way ol making sure we enjoy a healthy diet.

In some countries it is already possibleto buy crispsthat make you leel (20)depressed,chewinggumthat increasesyourbrainpowerandteathat helpsyou(21)""""""'" . overthe tirednessassociated(22)""""""""" long-distance air

travel. (23) the lutu re, experts promise biscuitsthat will keepyourhearthealthy,and a hot chocolate drink to give you strong bones.

(24) """""'" .. the lact that these 'Iunctional' loods cannot replacea balanceddietand regular exercise,they can help the body perform at (25) """ besta lot olthe time. At (26) """""""'" , these loods are more expensivethan other loods, butthat is due to the ingredients they (27) . ol and the way they are made. Alithe loods contain probiotics (28) """""""'" increasethe number ol 'good' bacteria inyour stoma ch, helping to keep your digestivesystemhealthy.

TEST 7, PAPER 3TEST 7, PAPER 3 ~

1 A concerned B admired C surprised D startled ITheremayeven(29) ... .. ..... a lunctional lood to protect eyesight,50 keep an eye

2 A has B makes C does D gainsout as you never know (30). "" ..... . you might be eating tomorrow!

3 A As soon as B As well as C As lar as D As long as4 A begun B grown C sounded D become5 A makes B branches C shapes D forms6 A gaze B attention C breath D control7 A gap B variety C dilference D direction8 A pastime B task C routine D employment9 A becomes B develops C turns D produces

10 A movement B change C action D performance11 A accurate B right C complete D proper12 A match B story C secret D alfair13 A region B area C society D world14 A immorai B wrong C lalse D dishonest15 A longest B widest C biggest D deepest

:piA'i1lt3rf}t~;3;;;Ji.'t~~$\0)

TipStrip

Question 32: What

preposition must comeafter 'accused'?

Question 36: Don'toverlook the need toinc1udethe reference to

the person.

Question 39: Thissentence needs a.phrasalverb.

DfE.

ForQuestions 31-40, complete the second sentence 50 that it has a similar meaning to thefirst sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must usebetween two and five words, including the word given Here is an example (O).

Example: O The bag is not big enough for ali my luggage.

smali

The bag .

The gap can be filled by the words 'is too smali' 50 you write:

for all my luggage.

G is toosmall I


31 Myfather sayshe's too old to learnanother language.youngMyfather says . ... to learnanother language.

32 'You borrowed my watch, didn't you?' Donna's sister said.accusedDonna's sister.. . her watch.

33 Most people hope they will have enough money to buy a house or a fiat.afford

Most people hope theyfiat.

to buy a house or a

34 Do you know who this pen belongs to?know

Do you . is?

35 I wish I had not !led to my parents.truth

If only to my parents.

36 Ican't possiblyget to work if the buses are on strike.impossibleIt to get to work if the buses are on strike.

37 The students are raising the money for charity.raised

The money the students for charity.

38 It's unusual for Zoe to be rude.

hardlyZoe rude.

39 There's no milk left, 50 can you buy some?run

We. , 50 can you buy some?

40 My shoes need to be repaired next week.must

next week.

TEST 7, PAPER 3

:p.LjA~;~E[~,!!if~ii;'~j;~~~

TipStrip

Une42: Thereisa fixedexpression in this line.Which word should notbe there?

Une 44: Does JosefNesladek tum into hiswife and children?

Une 47: Can 'play' bereflexive here?

ForQuestions41-55, read the text belowand lookcarefullyat each line.Some of thelines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there.

If a line is correct, put a tick (v) by the number on the separate answer sheet. If a linehas a word which should not be there, write the word on the separate answer sheet.Thereare two examples at the beginning (Oand 00).

Example: ~ :, I

O

00Josef Nesladek is a street musician who works in an office during

' the week and playson the trumpet ina jazz band at weekends.

He feelsthat this combinationsuitsto himvery wellas it allows

him the best of both the worlds. Monday to Friday he leads a

regular life, getting up early, travelling to work, and return ing home

in the evening to be his wife and children He regards playing in

the street as a way of advertising the jazz band. People stop to

listen and often ask it if the band is for hire. They get asked to play

themselves at private parties, weddings and clubs; in this way

they can earn up enough money to pay for their street licence,

which costs quite a lot. In the summer months, however, when

there are more than tourists around, the band does quite well

financially. According to Josef, sunshine makes people more

generous, especially that if the band can play in a town square

... where people are sitting and outside enjoying a drink or a mea!.

On those occasions people do like to sit for ages, listening to

good music, eating, drinking and chatting to their most friends.

41

42

43

44

45 ...

46

47

48 ......

49

50

51

52 .....

53

54

55

TEST 7, PAPER 3 OlE

:p,iA'0i1l1;r~~Q:5$f;irif1ff/~ For Questions 56-65, read the text below. Use the word given in capitalsat the end ofeach line to form a word that fits the space in the same line. There is an example at thebeginning (O).

Example: ~ conversations jWrite your answers on the separate answer sheet.

THE RECIPEFOR GOOD COMMUNICATION

Research shows that more than half of our (O) .C;()t1v.er.~a.t.i.o.n?

end in some sort of (56) . While it's easy to blame

the listener for the problem, we are also to blame if we don 't

(57) what we mean in the first place.

Accurate listening requires (58) . and effort, and if you try to

do something else at the same time, you won't listen (59) ... .....

There's a (60) . for people to think they know what a

speaker is going to say, insteadof hearing them out,

or to criticise too (61) before a person has

(62) . made their point. It's when people feel they are being

undervaluedand are not being treated with (63) " thatproblems begin and (64) . can break down. Treating others

as you want to be treated is an (65) . . rule for good

communication.

TipStrip

CONVERSEUNDERSTAND

ClEAR

CONCENTRATE

EFFECT

TEND

READY

FUll

POLITE

RElATION

ESSENCE

Question 56: Readthe next sentenee earefully 50 you know whether you are looking for a positiveor negative word.

Question 59: What kind of word is needed here?

Question 64: You need to think of an abstraet noun to fili this gap.

&:IfE TEST 7, PAPER 3

I PAPER 4

:l!.;;Ai;1l'i;r;~~f;;1,!:,:\r{lfil~~

TipStrip

Question 2: Listen forhow the girl's feelingsreveal what she saysabout her experienee.

Question 3: Who behavedmore rudely - theaudienee or thepolitieian?

Question 7: Make Sureyou know the differeneebetween 'happy' and'relieved' before youlisten.


You'llhear people talking in eight different situations. For Questions 1-8, choose the bestanswer, A, B or C.

You hear a radio advertisement for a musie shop in London.What is special about the shop?A the well-informed staff

B the range of musieC the live performances

2You overhear a student talking about working in a hospital.What does she say about her experience?

A She learnt to look after the patients.B She felt sorry for some of the patients.C She liked working with the doctors.

3 You hear two people talkingabout a politician.What do we learn about the politician?A He was irritated by the audience.

B He behaved in a charmjng way.C He ignored some of the questions.

4You hear a man talking about camping.Why is he 50 keen on camping?A He Ijkes modern tents.B He loves wet weather.

C He enjoys the fresh air.

5 You hear a woman talking about her personal trainer.What does she say about herself?

A She regrets having a personal trainer.

B She's glad the trainer keeps her fit.C She's not 50 lazy now she has a trajner.

6 You hear two people discussing a film coursethey havebeen on.What do they agree about the film industry?A People are well paid for not much work.B People have to accept idleness at times.

C People enjoy working in a fun industry.

7 You hear a woman talkingabout a dream.';he has had.How has the dream made her feel?A sad

B ha ppyC relieved

8 You hear a woman talking on the phone to her friend.What is she offering to do for her friend?A look after her children

B go to the conference

C organise her work

TEST 7, PAPER 4

c::=I2J

CJ:IJ

I 13I

LEJ

I5 I

I I 6 j

CJ:IJ

I 181

iD]

~,;~');Rii:l".$W;'2#~~f!(~;)

TipStrip

Question 9: You'lI heartwo tiUes mentioned - becarefu!!

Questlon 14: Don'toverlook the preposition'in' in the questionprompt which will heipyou with the correctanswer.

Questlon 18: What does'theft' mean?

~,~~Ri7i;$;0? ~ifi~rJ{~~;

TipStrip

B: Which speakercomments on the contrastbetween the way she wastreated at her interviewand her first day?

E: Usten for a speakerwho starts her day feelingvery exdted..

F: What does the speakersayto explain how helpfulpeople were?

EJD!]

You will hear a radio programme in which a film critic discussesthree new films. ForQuestions9-18, complete the notes.

Film title: I [}] - a thriller

Film set in both I ~ and on the moon.

Takesplace in year I ~Specialfeature: people travel between

~ using their minds

2 Film title: I @]- a love story

Film set in I ~ in New Zealand

Specialfeature: part of action filmed among I ~3 Film title: I ~ - a comedy

Film set in I ~Specialfeature: basedon theft of I ~

You will hear five different people talking about their first day at work. For Questions19-23, choose from the list A-F what each speakersays.Use the letters only once.There is one extra letter which you do not need to use.

A I was very bored.

B I found the atmosphereunfriendly.

c I didn't understand things.

D I receiveda useful introduction.

E I felt very disappointed.

F I found everyonewas very helpful.

\

TEST 7, PAPER 4

';i~iiRi;rhs0;;:-4~~ii,'!Sf~~r:

TipStrip

Question 24: Christineunderstands why peoplethink a houseboat isromantic but what doesshe go on to say?

Question 25: Listen towhat Christine says aboutpeople being curious.

Question 3°: Christine isnot sure what will happenbut she suggestssomething.

You will hear part of a radio interview with a woman called Christine who liveson ahouseboat. For Questions 24-30, choose thebest answer A, B or C.

24 Christine thinks that life on a houseboat ts

A especiallyromantle in the summer.B not as romantic as people think.C romantic if you have a nice boat.

C@J

25 The family's sociallife has got betterA thanks to having a huge kitchen.B becausethe boat is so large.C as they have so many visitors.

C@J

26 When it was stormyA the children were afraid.

B they allleft the boat.C nothing got broken.

I 1261

27 Things on the boat feel dampA unlessyou Ilght the oven.B if the weather gets cold.C asthere is a slight leak.

I 1271

28 Why does Sennyget paid double to grind flour?A becausehe works twice as fast as his brothers

B because he's the eldest of the three boysC becausehe finds it harder than the others

1281

29 Other parents don't mind their children staying on thehouseboat because

A they alwayswear life jackets.B they arealways with Christine.

C they know how much they love it.1291

30 What does Christine sayabout the future?A She'd like to move to a proper house.B 1\'11beeasierwhenthe boysleavehome.C They might usethe boat for travelling.

LJ301

TEST 7, PAPER 4 DDiJ

Speaker11 1191

Speaker2 I 1201

Speaker31 1211

Speaker41 1221

Speaker5


t;.llf"';8Ii~~ (3 minutes)


Do you enjoy watching television? What 15your favourite programme7How often do you go to the cinema 7What kind of films do you enjoy7Who is your favourite film star? Why?

t:MJii~'ei;lilllIi!D'~ (4 minutes)

IFree time (compare, contrast a~d speculate)

Turn to pictures 1 and 2 on page 169 which show children enjoying themselves.

Candidate A, compare and contrast these photographs and say how you think thesechildren are feellng. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate B, what do you do in your free time?

I Indoor sport (compare, contrast and speculate)

Turn to pictures 1 and 2 on page 170 which show people doing sporting activlties indoors.

Candidate B, compare and contrast these photographs and say how important It is to keepfit. You have a minute to do this

Candidate A, what do you do to keep fit?

[:J!!I.1t1;l:'Ii!~~ (3 minutes)

I Looking after people and things (discuss and evaluate) ITurn to the pictures on page 171 which show teenagers looking after other people anddifferent things. How easy or difflcult is it to look after others7

~~1I;&i_- (4minutes)


Have you ever had to look after younger brothers or sisters?

What are the problems in looking after elderly people7

Are you attracted to a job like nursing?

How good are you at looking after your own personal possessions?

\

mE TEST 7, PAPER 5

PAP ER 1 Reading (1 hour 15 minutes)

~ You are going to read a magazlne article about cyber cafes. Choose the most suitable

heading from the list A-H for each part (1-6) of the article. There is one extra headingwhich you do not need to use. There is an example at the beginning (O).


A Staying in contact

B E-mail keeps costs down

C The cyber cafe 15here to stay

D The cyber cafe may replace theoffice

E Costs vary during the day

F Internet use is now widespread

G Office workers like the cybercafe

H The original attraction of thecyber cafe

101 H J

In the early nineties in Great Britain going far a coffeeand surfing the Net were new and exciting things to do.The cyber cafe was a successful mixture of twa things;coffee and the Internet. Not even cold coffee and slowconnections put people off from going to these cafes.

I 1 ITen years later the picture has changed and in the 21stcentury mi1lionsof people can use the Internet fromhome, wark, school ar uniyersity. In many ways theInternet has become a personal playground and as farthe coftee, well, there's a lot more choice of differentcoffee shops serving eyery kind of coffee you can wishfor.

I2 jJSa who's using the cyber cafes naw that surfing the Netis as ordinary as waking up every moming? Same peoplesay that if their computer goes wrong at home they don'tbother to get it fixed. They will rely on the cyber cafe tofind out what is happening in the world and to checktheir e-mail; they feel that there is nothing special aboutcyber cafes any mare. These cafes are part of thecultural scene in the same way that cinemas andsupermarkets are.

I 3 I IOne man, who is the director of a chain of Internetshops, says that although consumer demand far usingthe Internet has risen, home computers are no good if

YOllare out and about ar happen to be on holidaysomcwhere. The cyber cafe is the obyious place to go ifyou want to keep in touch with friends and family.

141 I'Most of aur users are backpackers and internationalstudents checking their e-mail,' he says. 'We also operatea price structure which is good for those students whoget up early. This means that the cheapest time of day issix in the morning and as the cafe fills up, the price goesup. Early evening is one of the most expensive times.'

I 5 I ICyber cafes are also popular with foreign studentsstudying abroad. These students feel it's important tokeep in touch with everyone at home and e-mail ischeaper than the telephone. Same students use the cybercafe for as much as four hours a week and like the factthat the cafes are dean and friendly places.

I 61In the future it is likely that the cyber cafes will alsoattract people who are self-employed. With mobilephones and e-mail there's less need far traditionaloftices, and as more and more people in the UK chooseto work for themselves the cyber cafes could becomecommunication centres for these warkers by providingthe electronic support for people who neither haye norwant traditional office space.

TEST 8, PAPER 1 iD]

~..~!A'?JRi!;;r~~J;g~~~f~You are going to read an article by an actress called Josie Lawerence, in which she writes

about her holidays. For Questions 7-14, choose the correct answer A, B, C or D.


My HolidaysOn New Year's Eve a few years ago, Idecided to go skiing for the first time,with two friends. They are the completeopposite of me in that they're reallybraveandfearless- they'vebeenskiingand diving all !heir lives, whereas I'm abit of a coward. Surprisingly, however, I

8 enjoyed it very much and the secondtime we went I fel! much more confidentand decided to move away from skiingon the nursery slopes. I was doing reallywell and skiing down quite a steep slopewhen I heard one of my friends say,'Wow, Josie, you're moving fast!' Ithought 'Yes, lam, aren't I - but how doI stopT Suddenly all my confidence leftme and I feli very badly. I didn't breakanything but I twisted my knee. The restof the holiday was spent sitting on top ofthe mountain, looking after everybody'sbags and coats.

If I'm honest, I prefer going somewherehot and sunny for a holiday. I love goingto Thailand, for example, and staying inone of the beautiful resorts on the coast.

The people are extremely friendly and inone hotel we stayed at we got toknow!he chefquite well and he would take usround the market with him. And one ofthe walters took us to visit his uncle whoowns acoconut farm.lt'sonly in ways

32like this !hat youbeginJo get a feel forthe country. and itspeople;.asthese kindsof opportunities are'not available for rlie

averag~tourist..- y

I'm not a rough-it kind of person: I didenough of that when I was younger. Thetrouble with me is that I have a genuineproblem with mosquitoes - theyabsolutely adore me! If I get bitten, thebites tum into mini-balloons all over mybody. Once when we were travelling byjeep during the monsoon season, the rainwas so heavy that we stopped inavillage. A young Thai boy noticed thishuge bite on my arm, which was going afunny colour, and looked as if it might beinfected. He picked some leaves off atree and made a mixture of them usingsome salt and alittle alcohol and then

rubbed the mixture into my arm. Youcould see the infection disappear: it wasamazing, it was like letting the air out ofa balloon.

Generally, after I've finished a run ofperformances in a play, I feel exhausted.Pleasantly exhausted, but not too wearyto escape! Ali I want to do is find a hotelwith a fantastic view, a beach, a goodbook and a mosquito net. My needs arevery simple, really, and I just want theopportunity to refresh myself. SometimesI might consider a holiday in acompletely different environment, likevisitinga friend in a country cottage orstaying in a smalI bed and breakfast placeandwalkingin the surrounding hills.!t's

-goodfor.mysoul,

De:! TEST 8, PAPER 1

--

Tip Strip

Question 8: Readthe firstsentence of the firstparagraph.

Question10: Whatkindsof experience are notavailable for the averagetourist?

Question 12: What effectdld the boy's mixturehave on josie's arm?

(

7 How did Josiefeel about going awaywith her friends for the first time?

A very surprisedB rather afraidC not bothered

D reallyterrified

8 What does 'it' in line 8 refer to?

A New Year'sEveB divingC skiingD being a coward

9 How was Josie'sconfidence destroyed?

A Shebroke her leg.B She started to think.CHer friend embarrassedher.D Her friend criticised her.

10 What does 'to get a feel for' in lines 32/33 mean?

A to experienceB to developC to visitD to understand

11 What personal problem does Josie mention?

A She hates mosquitoes.

B She enjoys travelling by jeep.

C She prefers living rough.

D She dislikes very bad weather.

12 What effect did the mixture have on Josie'sarm?

A It changed colour.B It became better.C It became infectious.D It turned into a balioon.

..13 How does Josie feel when a play finishes?

A completely worn out

B desperate to get awayC pleased that she's free

D very tired but satisfied

14 What does Josie mainly want from a holiday?

A the chance to her build up her energyB the chance to visit somewhere fresh

C the possibility of relaxing on a beach

D the opportunity to stay with friends

TEST 8, PAPER 1 ~

",!~1;1l;';iI'#~~!~'ii~~%3~~~iYou are going to read a magazine article about the kinds of fear which people can

experience. Seven sentences have been removed from the article. Choose fram thesentences A-H the one which flts each gap (15-20). There is one extra sentence which

you do not need to use. There is an example at the beginning (O).


FEARSAND PHOBIAS

11'5not easy trying to cope wit h fear. Most people at some stage in their lives feel afraid of something; fear of

the dark as children, afraid of spiders or flying.1 O l 13- J

However, some people are afraid of something to such an extent that it prevents them from leading a norma I

life. 1151 I It means that you cannot open a fridge door in case you get an electric shock, you

cannot go into a brightly lit clothing store, you cannot go near any electrical equipment.

In fact, you can be afraid of anything and there 15almost certainlya name for it.I161 1

Apparently, the list of phobias gets longer every day but for people who have a real terror of something, help

is at hand.

Researchers are making enormous progress in understanding what a phobia is and what causes it.

1171_~It is surprising how many people think they suffer fram a phobia when actually ali they are really experiencing

is a strong dislike or distastefor something. 1181 1 But that's not the sameas being really'mechanophobic', suffering from a racing heart and being short of breath at the mere sight of a computer.

1191 1 If you can't run away from whatever is causing the fear, you feel that death 15inevitable.On the other hand, i1'snatural for most people to feel afraid if they're aboard an aeroplane whlch is flying

into a storm.

Most psychologists agree that phobias can be described in three main ways.12O 1

Then there are panic disorders in which the person is terrified temporarily for no apparent reason and thirdly,

specific phobias - the fear of snakes, mice, heights and suchlike.

~ TEST 8, PAPER 1

---

A Progress In treating anxiety is praviding help for many people.

B For the most part, these fears are normai and do not interfere wit h our ability toget on with our lives.

c You maythink you are computer phobic and want to thraw your machlne out ofthe nearestwindowo

D For example, 'electrophobla' - being afraid of electricity - makes life in today'sworld extremely difficult.

E Experts say that you can't mistake a true phobia as it affects the whole of your

central nervous system.

F With this understanding has come a range of treatments which can completely

cure a person's phobia or gradually reduce a person's fear.

G There are social phobias in which the sufferer 15afraid of any kind of social orprofessional occasion.

H You can be afraid of clouds, certain colours, bicycles, rain, mushrooms and even

sitti ng down.

TipStrip

Sentencec: Can you guess what 'phoblc' means from the context?

SentenceE:Whathappensif a person'scentralnervoussystem1550seriousiyaffected?SentenceH:Wherein the text doesthewritersuggestthat anythingcan(auseaphobia?

-----

" TEST 8, PAPER 1 ~

You are going to read four advertisementsfor summer schoolsin the UK. For Questions21-35, choosefrom the advertisementsA-D. The advertisementsmay be chosen morethan once. When more than one answer is required, these may be given in any order.There is an exampleat the beginning (O).


~l~l~,1T;i?!*ij.~~i!~flJ;I.

Which school

offers the most organisedday?

emphasisesthe fact that it is unique?

hasthe best equipped student rooms?

puts you with one teacher responsiblefor youthroughout your course?

offers daily tri ps?

hasan upper age limit?

does not provide on-site accommodation?

saysit doesn't have many places?

is situated on the coas!?

allows you to do what you want after classeshavefinished each day?

guaranteesyour own room'

providesa library?

catersfor individual food preferences?

givesmost information about its afternoon programme7

includesa weekly trip for everyone?

TipStnp

Question 26: Ifaceommodation is not 'on-site', where else eould it be?

Question 28: Look for another way of saylng 'on the coast'.

Question 34: Look for a word whieh means the same as 'aeting'?

DD1] TEST 8, PAPER.

[I[2]lI!:CJ[EL]

@r::::J

~~rm=:J~~~

~

cm=J@CJr:m:=J~~

SUMM ER sCHOOLs

Jolyon International having been running summer schoolprogrammes for over twenty years. We offer a variety ofcourses designed to meet the needs of individuals. There isno upper age limit and we cater for students Irom the agesof 16 upwards.

The school day is divided into three sessions. In the morningyou are expected to attend intensive !anguage classes at oneof three leve1s: beginners, intermediate or advanced. In the

afternoon you are free to choose from a range of optionalactivities including sport, drama, music or excursions. In theevening aur staff provide a programme of entertainment inwhich students are invited to take part.

Our courses last a minimum of twa weeks and are fullyresidentia!. The school is situated in beautiful countrysideand occupies an historie building set in its own gardens.Student accommodation consists of individual studybedrooms equipped with private bathroom, TV andeomputer. There is a student din ing room, swimming pool,TV and video !ounge.

You are advised to make early application as places arelimited.

Polydor is a popular language sehool in the heart of abustiing and exciting city. !ts summ er courses focus on

providing fun and entertainment for young teenagers agedbetween 13 and 17.

~

Each day starts with a Z-hour language class eovering arange of different skills. This is folIowed by afternoonaetivities whieh develop Irom the morning class and studentsare encouraged to wark on group projects which focus onspeaking and listening skills. This means that each afternoon

students will find themselves working in smali groups in andaround the city, carrying out surveys, interviewing loca!people and visiting the library to investigate different topics.

At the end of every day there is a short presentation sessionwhere students come together to tell each other what theyhave been doing and exchange ideas.

Evenings are free although the school remains open forstudents who want to spend the evenings relaxing in thestudent common rooms. There is a weekly disco each Fridayorganised by the school staff.

Accommodation is provided with local families. Samefamilies provide single rooms but most students can expectto share aroom. Breakfast and evening meals are providedby the host family, and the school operates a snack barserving popular fast food at lunch time.

't(:-;:Excelsis'lJK'~k,Zj;irt!i

The Excelsis UK schools are located in popular seasidetowns, close to attractive countryside, where we can offerthe best of all worlds. Our courses are based in leadingboarding schools and therefore provide all the facilities youwould expect.

We employ well-qualified and experienced teachers andfor the duration of your course you will be placed in asmali tutor group with an experienced member of staff. Webelieve this is the best way for you to feel well-Iooked afterand for your individual interests and needs to be cateredfor.

Our classes are smali, with a maximum of 8 students perclass. In this way you get as much attention as possibleIrom your class teacher. You will also be expected to do asmall amount of homework each evening in preparation forthe next day's lessans.

As we take over established boarding schools, all aurcourses provide sporting and other facilities on site:

swimming pool, telmis courts, volleyball, indoor climbingwalls, gymnasium, computers, art rooms and snooker.

Accommodation is in three or four-bedded dormitories, allcomfortably furnished with individual desks, armchairs andcupboards.

Students are expected to take all their meals in the studentdining room; we make every effort to cater for individualdietary requirements if you let us know in advance.

~Plumtree Academy is a summer school with a difference:

there is no other schoo] like ours. Throughout the yearPlumtree Academy is based in a smali market town incentral England. In July and August each year, PlumtreeAcademy becomes mobile by transferring its classrooms toa train!

The school has its own carriages which have beenconverted into fully equipped classrooms, with desks,whiteboards, video and TV. There is also a large library onboard as well as internet access. Accommodation is in

cDuchettes, twin sleeping compartments each equipped withits own bathroom and plenty of storage space. Ali mea]sare taken in the dining car and the school employs its ownchel for the entire summer season.

Our weekly courses end with a day's excursion by traingiving you an opportunity to stop off to shop, sightsee arjust relax in one of England's famous spa towns.We provide anovel approach to studying English and thereis always a big demand for places on aur summer schools.]f you are interested in coming on board, don't leave it toolate to contact us ar you may find you've missed the train!

TEST 8, ifi.I!]PAPER

PAPER 2 Writing (1 hour 30 minutes)- You must answer this question.

You would like to persuade some friends to join the local help scheme in yourtown. You have seen the advertisement below but your friends need to knowmore about the scheme. Using their comments, write a letter to the schemegiving relevant details and asking for more information.

"ow""""y?

I WOLA),A"",ve

+-0BO ",-P+-ey sc"ool

I "'-o,,'+- "'1,,"'-

"'-ol"B+-"ls

SLAC"",s?

iijWE NE:EDYOUNGP:EOP1E'/:/. Areyou aged between 14 and 20?. Can you spare a few hours every week?~We run a scheme in the town to hel p the elderly with

things like:

. shopping

. cleaning I"",+-ec1e""""B!

. gardening

. decorating

. jobs around the home

Or if you prefer, just cali in for a chat with sameonewho lives alone.

If you drive a car you might like to take someone out

for a short tri p at the weekend.

Please let us know if you can help.

s"""e "'-"'y?

",sl"'-e Oy OLA+-?

Is,,'+- +-,,'s +-00

"'-1-P-PiCLA\+-?

c"", we BOwi+-h'" -PYle,,"'-?

w"O p"'ys -POY+-he

peho\?

Write a letter of between 120 and 180 word s in an appropriate style. Do not writeany addresses.

DDID TEST 8, PAPER 2

.

!R;.!A~1fl~i:)j~~;2f,;!~~~~~f

TipStripQuestion2'.Youhave a choiceas to

whether you begin ar endyour story with thesewords.

. Don't start writing untiiyou have a elear idea ofhow to develop your story..Thinkaboutverbsequences e.g. Pastsimple and Past perfect.

Question 3:.Whatarethethingsthatheip you in learning a

language? Do you makeiists of new words? Do you

use the internet? Do you

like to write everythingdown? 15there one

particular thing you do tohelp you learn thegrammar?.Organise your idea andmake suggestions basedon your own experience.

Question4'.Rememberthat you arewriting this report forother readers. Avoidbeing too criticaL.Concentrate on positivethings; include one artwa negative points ifyou think they areimportant for people toknow e.g. the prices areexpensive, it's smali andyou have to book inadvanceete.

Question s(a),.Whetheryouagreeardisagree, you wiil need toinelude same concrete

facts to support youropinion..Thinkaboutthe plot,the language, the

vocabulary, the coltural

background ete..Usea formaistyle.Question s(b):.Whetheryouagreear

disagree, you will need to

support your feelings aboutthe book by referring to

concrete facts: was the plotfuli ol suspense, did eachchapter end with a 'cliff-

hanger', were you impatient

to "nd out what was going tohappen to the differentcharacters etc.?.Useaformalstyle.

Write an answer to one of the Questions 2-5 in this part. Write your answer in 120-180words in an appropriate style.

2You want to enter a competition for a story to be inciuded in the next edition of yourschool magazine. The story must begin or end with the words:

There was nothing else / could do and nabody I could ask.

Write your story.

3An international magazine is offering a prize for the best article on suggestions forways to help learn a language. In your article you should write about your ownexperience of learning a foreign language, and the different things which help you.

Write your article.

4 Alocal newspaper has asked readers to send in reports on local restaurants whichthey would recommend to other people. Your report should include comments on thefood, the service, the size and decoration of the restaurant and whether it is suitablefor a particular kind of customer.

Write your report.

5 Answer one of the following two questions based on your reading of one of the setbooks

Either (a) 'This is not a book to take on ho/iday - it's much tOGdifficult and

complicated.' Write a composition saying whether you agree ardisagree with this statement and why.

Or(b) 'I couldn't put it down - it was sa exciting.' Write a composition

saying whether this was how you felt when you were reading thebook, giving reasons for your opinions.

TEST 8, PAPER 2 oan

PAPER 3

'P,:Jf\'ijR;ljt#j'(~'\1I~~~E;11~%lj'

TipStrip

Question1: Onty one olthese verbs collocateswith 'choice'.

Question 6: This wordlorms part ol a lixedexpression.

mm


For Questions 1-15, read the text belowand decide which answer A, B, C or D best litseach space. There is an example at the beginning (O)


Example:O A like bring D chooseCB get

G6~6~1

SHADESOF MEANING

When we decide to (O) a colaur for anything - whether it's a T-shirt ar a cover for a

mobile phone - aur brains have to wark really hard.)n order for us to (1). . a choice thatfeels right, the brain has to (2) various bits of information.

There are various (3) which make each of us like ar dislike certain colours. Firstly, aur

brains consider (4) associations. These are completely (5) and are a result of aur

individual experiences. Particular colours cali to (6) certain memories which may be

connected to a place, a person ar an experience. For example, we may associate red with

the (7) of a fireor a (8) ."" childhoodsweater.Blueand green may(9). . us ofholidays and peaceful weekends in the country.

Secondly, there is evidence to show that different colours (10) aur nervous system indifferent ways. Red can actually (11) the level of adrenaline in aur body. This is whyenergetic people are drawn to red and also why sports cars are (12) this colaur. On theother (13) , bluesand greens are passivecolourswhich havea relaxing(14). . on thenervous system and (15) people who like to feel completely at ease.

TEST 8, PAPER 3

~~~tdl1["fj,~~f~~~'f~s~~

TipStrip

Question21:Which verbmakes sense here ilchildren are learning tomanage money?

Question 24: Whichwords collocate wit h 'olmoney'?

For Questions 16-30, read the text belowand think of the word which best fits each



Example:

G beenj

CREDIT CARDS FORCHllDREN

Children as young as twelve have (O) b.t7t7n offered credit cards by certaincompanies. They encourage the children to load (16) ... ... plastic cards withmoney (at terminais in the high street) and use (17) to shop on the Internet.The companies aim to open up the market to young people (18) are not

allowedto use the Internetfor shopping,as they are (19) """"""""" young to getcredit cards. (20) .. a credit card, the child's card has numbers on the front ofit and a magnetic strip on the back (21) """"""""" the children (22).. tosign. This serves only to add to its 'grown up' feel, as signatures are (23) .necessary for Internet shopping.

Same people are concerned that the teenagers could get into debt at an early age. Othersargue that the cardswillbe limitedto a fixed(24) """"" of moneyand thatchildren will therefore only be able to spend as (25) as they have on thecard. They believe that the cards will help children to manage (26). """"" . ownmoney at an early age, and not to (27). . it.

The cards have been advertised (28) . teenage magazines and research showsthat children like the independence of (29) """"""""" able to shop wit h plastic and thefact that they are not tied (30) their parents.

TEST 8, PAPER 3 iIm)

1 A keep B do C set D make2 A produce B process C run D manufacture3 A methods B ways C factors D aspects4 A complete B trusted C past D forgotten5 A personal B hidden C private D secret6 A mind B heart C thought D feeling7 A heater B warmth C burning D temperature8 A favourite B popular C preferable D likeable9 A refer B remember C recall p remind

10 A cause B create C affect D reflect11 A rise B lift C raise D hold12 A traditionally B knowingly C fashionably D recognisably13 A side B hand C foot D part14 A result B note C message D effect15 A attract B pull C gather D favour

~~!~t;[~~t~J~~~~

TipStripQuestion 32: What

preposltion Is used wlth'keen'?

Question 38: This is anImpersonal structure andyou need to put a nounafter 'There is ...'.

Question 40: What verbmust you use with'tendency'?

DDiJ.

For Questions 31-40, complete the second sentence 50 that It has a similar meaning to the

lirst sentence, using the word given. Do not ehange the word given. You must use

between two and live words, including the word given.F1ere is an example (O).

Example: O The bag is not big enough lor ali my luggage.

smali

The bag .... . lor ali my luggage.

The gap can be lilled by the words 'is too smali' 50 you write:

~ is too smali

Write only the missing words on the separateanswersheel.

31 We pack our chocolates in smali silver boxes.are

Our. . in smali silver boxes.

32 I would love to leam different languageskeen

I . ... different languages.

33 Mike hasneverIlown in a piane belore.flrst

This . ' . Mike has Ilown in a piane.

34 Barbara always has a shower belore going to work.untilBarbara never goes to work . a shower.

35 My holiday plans had been cancelledat the last minute.fallen

My holiday plans . . at the last minute.

36 Pleasedon't lorget to switch off the lighl.tumPleaseremember . the lighl.

37 Can you tell me the population ol India7what

Do. population ol India is7

38 Somepeople believethat there must be lile on other planets.exists

There is . . on other planets.

39 I'm sorry I was late lor the meeting.apologyPlease. late lor the meeti ng.

40 Silviatends to be quite shy.tendeneySilvia. to be quite shy.

TEST 8, PAPER 3

~,~~f,'Il!jJ"~i;~E'4)*i'~;W:;i(i

TipStnp

Une 43: Whichpreposition is wronghere?

Une 50: 15'feel' reftexivein this eontext?

Une 53: Can 'to' ever beused after 'would'?

For Questions 41-55, read the text belowand look carelully at each line. Someol thelinesare correct, and some have a word which should not be there.

II a line is correct, put a tick (v) by the number on the separate answer sheet. II a linehas a word which should not be there, write the word on the separate answer sheet.

There are examples at the beginning (O and 00).

~mpl, ~ . I

00 have

O

00

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49 ...

50

51

52

53

54

55

I must tell you what l did last weekend when l went out with a

group ol Iriends. You will leel reallyjealous when I havetell

you that we went to a chocolate lactory! Although I've always

known about the lactory, I've neverol thought to visit il.

Anyway, last weekend they hel d out an open day lor the public

50we had decided to havea look at what goes on there. It

was laseinating and we very thoroughly enjoyed ourselves.

We were allowed to watch chocolate lor being made and

we we re told that we could help ourselves il we wanted to taste

anything. Well, ol course, we couldn't wait enough to try everything.

As the ehocolate was straight 011the production line, it was still warm

and quite delicious. But alter a while l began to lee I mysell rather

siek. The lactory was hot, anyway, because ol all the machinery

and there were crowds ol people who standing around watching.

I thought I would to laint 50 I made my way very quickly towards the exil.

Just as vet l got to the door, one ol the employees stopped me and

handed me a Iree gilt - a bag lilled with a range ol their ehoeolates!

TEST 8, PAPER 3 ~

PA'R:T;i.'5 .;.", t.';'.: For Questions 56-65. read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end ofeach line to form a word that fits the space in the same line. There is an example at the

beginning (O).

Example: ~ foreigners I


GOING TO SCHOOL IN WEST AFRICA

Africa has more languages than any other continent

Although (O) f~~.e.ig~~r.e. have been responsible for the

(56) of same languages,there are hundredsof local

languages.

It is importantthat (57) for childrenbeginsin the local

languageto avoidunnecessary(58) . InWestAfrica,

despite(59) efforts, it is not alwayspossiblefor everychild

to receive~ (60) and for manyfamiliesthe fees for

childrento attend schoolare very(61) . However,

although a family will usually have to contribute towards the school fees,

(62) ... can be put off untilthe harvestis finished.

The (63) smalinumber of Africansreachinguniversity,

therefore, find themselvesin (64) of a great deal of power

and influence,as they are a'ways ina (65) ................

TipStnp

FOREJGN

INTRODUCE

TEACH

CONFUSE

GOVERN

EDUCATE

EXPENSE

PAY

RELATIVE

POSSESS

MINOR

Question 57: Readthe next sentence carefultyand (ook at the verb whichcomes after this gap.

Question 59: Be carefu( when spelling this word.

Question 63: What kind of word is needed here?

&BE TEST 8, PAPER 3

PAPER 4

'p .A'RT.;.:!.' '"

TlpStnp

QuestJon 1: Where do youthink the man is as hespeaks?

Questlon 4: Why do es thelecturer want the student

to 'pull up a chajr'?Listen carefully.

QuestJon 5: The speakeris unsure about herchoice but she

emphasises one thing inparticular.


You'll hear people talking in eight different situations. For Questions 1-8, choose the bestanswer, A. 8 ar C.

i 1 You hear a man talking about his past life.What is he deseribing?A his house

B his familyC his school

2 You hear a jewellery designer talking about his customers.What annoys him about same customers?

A They want to use their own designs.

B They expect his wark to be cheap.

C They dislike what is on display.

3 You hear an announcement at an airport.

What has happened to the piane the passengers are waiting for?A It is not at the airport yet.B It has not left North Africa.

C It has a mechanical fault.

4 You hear a lecturer talking to a student about his essay.What point is the lecturer making? .A It's important to introduce ideas clearly.B It's necessary to check through an essay.

C 't's essential to end an essay effectively.

5 You hear a woman explaining about same furniture she wants.What is she concerned about?

A the colaur of the wood

B the choice of materia I

C the size of the chairs

6 You overheartwa people talking about a party they've been to.Where was the party held?A in a village hallB in someone'shouse

C in an empty fiat

7 You hear a man talking about children and what intereststhem.What does he consider to be of lasting interest?A computersB toysC animals

8 You hear a woman giving a talk on flags.What makes flags sa important?

A They advertise a country.

B They represent strength.C They are very decorative.

TEST 8, PAPER 4

OJ]

I 12/

I 131

L 141

I 151

I 1,6I

I 17I

CITJ

[EB

J';iAY:iIl.)T;2';,'i;2).i;';';,:!E'fi

TipStrip

Question9: Listencarefully because Helenamentions quite a lot offigures.

Question 11:What kind ofword will you need tocomplete the sentence?

Question 17: Read thequestion carefully as youhave to fili in the firstword of the sentence.

P'A{iRC"Tt;/;as ../h))'

TipStrip

A:Whatexpression doesthe musician use tosuggest change?C: Which musician has totake more care thanmost?

E: Which musician feelshis wark is undervaluedbecause people don'tunderstand it?

iDm.

You will hear part of a radio pragramme in which a woman cal led Helena Smith talks

about her life as a weather presenter on TV. For Questions 9-18, complete the sentences.

Helena'sworking day consistsof I 0 shifts.

Her first job is to read the I l~ fram the previousshift

At 11.30am there is a meeting in the weather I ~ for everyone.

The team decideswhich mapsand I ~ to use.

Radio,as well asTV,makesuse of the I I~ which arewritten.

The lights and micraphone arewarked by pressinga I ~The presenterscan hear the I ~ thraugh their ear-piece.

Helena is frequently askedabout the presenters' I ~I ~ must not be tight as presentershaveto raisetheir arms.

Some viewers complained that Helena wore the same

[2!] for too long.

You will hear five different musicians talking about their job. For Questions 19-23, choose

fram the list A-F what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There is one extra

letter which you do not need to use.

A I could do wit h a change.

B It awakens my sense of history.

C I have to look after myself.

D It gives me a sense of adventure.

E I do a very difficult job.

It's good to know about the individual learner.

TEST 8, PAPER 4

~!5;tl;,1Il .i:Tj~1Zii4k;';;;i/1S~';!"

TipStrip

Question24: Peter'sanswer is unexpected salisten carefully!

Question 26: Does Peter

agree with this opinion?

Question 29: Does Peter

say the same thing abouthis wife as he does abouthis chi/dren?

You will hear partof a radio interview with a photographer called Peter White. FarQuestions 24-30, choose the best answer A, B or C.

24 Peter'sfavouriteholidayisA on a beach.B by a lake.C at home. CE]

25 Peter earns his living by

A making advertising films.B supplying picture libraries.

C selling photos to his agents.1251

26 The photo of the woman standing in the sea isA Peter's favourite.

B highly regarded.C very famous.

1261

27 What does Petersay is the disadvantageof hisjob?A Someone might steal his equipmentB (ustoms officers keep his equipment

C He has lost quite a lot of his equipment

28 What does Peter say about his trips?A He makes lists to remem ber things.B His agents pay al! his expenses.C There is always a risk to his wark.

1 1271

CE]

29 How does Peter's family feel about his job?A They ali miss him when he's away.

B His wife is very understanding.C Hischildren don't mind his absence.

I 1291

30 What does Peter say about taking photos of his own family?A He prabably tries too harde

B He has taken some good ones.C He likes taking his children.

L- 1301

TEST 8, PAPER 4 iEIi]

Speaker 11 1191

Speaker21 1201

Speaker 31 1211

Speaker41 1221

Speaker5 I 1231


(3 minutes)


Why did you decide to learn English?How important will English be for you in the future?What do you enjoy most about learning another language?Do you plan to learn another language in the future?

(4 minutes)

I Holidays (compare, contrast and speculate)

Turn to pictures 1 and 2 on page 172 which show people on holiday.

Candidate A, compare Clndcontrast these photographs and say how important you think itis to have a holiday. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate B, where do you like to go on holiday?

JlVisiting tamous places (compare, contrast and speculate)

Turnto pictures 1 and 2 on page 173 which show people visitingfamous places.

Candidate B, compare and contrast these photographs and say how important you think itis to visit famous places. You have a minute to do this.

Candidate A, do you like visiting museums?

(3 minutes)

Ilmportance ot water (discuss and evaluate)

Turn to the pictures on page 174 which show the many ways water is essential in our lives.Imagine there is aglobal water shortage and you have to put these uses in order oftheir importance so as to save water.

(4 minutes)


What would you miss most if there was a serious water shortage?In what ways do some people waste water?Do you think we need to take better care of our environment? In what way(s)?Did you learn about looking after the environment when you were at school?

iD] TEST 8, PAPER 5

for \Paper 5

:!fie[~\lj'.1;(t~.~L~1:l \Ii,\2~i.W~Jt.

Candidate A

~

~14.

1

I

'\ J~~~"l

"~~,

- --

Useful phrases

Candidate A

Well, there are people havingsomething to eat in both photos.

In the first photo some people arehaving a meal in a restaurant.

In the second photo there are peoplesitting outside at a cafe and a couplesitting on a wall eating ice creams.

The people eating ice cream could beon holiday.

They look very relaxed sitting in thestreet.

I can't see any traffic 50 perhapsthey're watching a musician ar astreet entertainer.

It looks as if the people are having aChinese meal. .

They could be celebrating a birthdayor something special.

VISUAlS JU-- i

J

lirUseful phrases

Candidate B

Both these photos show people beingfilmed, or perhaps they are making aprogramme for TV.

I think the children in the firstphotograph look alittle puzzled.

But I also think they are interested inwhat is happeningas they havestopped to watch.

The man on the mobile phone doesnot seem to notice them.

Candidate B

~..

r.""f -.r

In the second photo the man is smilingand talking to the camera.

I think he looks quite happy andrelaxed, but the man who isinterviewing him is frowning.

He has probablyasked a question anddoes not agree with what the man issaYlng.

Il11

I.:111

JI

l:D1 VISUALS

-

T~\ES~Ti; giA RI.T

Candidates A and B

-'1!!!C.iii'\~1i['" ~ .~... i't"~ -"'" "'1a:IL "

:::.

.

.

-

..~'~

.

'

.

t'f~'~~

~~~Y:-f., " J

/~. '".:\

\..

..

,_ol

Useful phrases

Candidates A and B

Well, I think different things are popular wit h different people. It depends ontheir lifestyle. What do you think?

Yes, I agree in general. For example, if you want to go on holiday, youprobably fly. But if you have a baby like these people, I'm not sure. What doyou think is best for them?

My feeling is that it's easier for them to travel by car because they can packeverything they need.

Yes, that's a good point.

But which form of transport is popular with young people? I think the train is,but what's your opinion?

- ~

VISUALS ID)

111111~

~--""I

,! Ei~§ci~T.tt2,,'~f~PAl~ T~.2,~II~li..~i

Candidate A

[ID

~1

l

ID] VISUALS

-

J.Useful phrases

Candidate A

I think the people in the first photocould be at an airport because they arewheeling a lot of luggage.

And in the other photo the men couldbe at a station. Perhaps they aregetting out of a taxi.

In the first photo the people areprobably feeling stressed with all theirbags and suitcases.

In the second photo the men do nothave as many suitcases, but they areprobably feeling stressed as wellbecause their suitcases look heavy.

I think people can feel exhausted whenthey travel because everywhere is sabusy, and they have to carry al! theirthings with them. It's not much fun.

~

Candidate B

[g)""..

Useful phrases

Candidate B

We!!, both these photos show peopleplaying musie.

In the first photo I think they arestudents and they look quiteconcentrated.

Perhaps they are feeling tired but theylook very serious.

And in the second photo there is a manplaying an instrument.

I don 't know what it is but it only has twostrings.

I think he comes from Asia or the FarEast.

He cou!d be singing as well becausehis mouth is open.

I think he must be feeling quite lonelyand the lady watching him does notlook as if she is enjoying the musie.

'"

VISUALS ~

Candidates A and B

Useful phrases

Candidates A and B

Right. Let's discuss each one in tum. What do you think about newspapersand magazines?

Well, they're good because you can find out about what's happening in theworld.They'reprobablythe best. -

I don 't agree. It's much quicker if you check things on the internet. And it'smore up-to-date.

Yes, but not everyone can do that. What about radio and television? I likeradio.

Yes, I would agree with you.

So do you think radio is the best?

It's not as good as the internet, though.

~ VISUALS

_l--~-

Candidate A

~

k

[]

~\80th these photos show people sittingby themselves.

In the first photo the man looks as ifhe's travelling somewhere.

From the way he is dressed I think heis feeling very comfortable and enjoyingbeing by himself.

He can choose where to go and whatto do when he wants.

And in the second photo I think the manis sitting on his motorbike.

He is feeling very contented, readinga magazine and smoking his pipe.

When you are alone you can pleaseyourself how you spend your time.

Useful phrases

Candidate A

VISUALS iDJ

Candidate B

.;~

-

~ VISUALS

j

- ~

~

-

-~

~I

"""

~I..--~:;;"""

::"""

=Jc:z:J~:JIj"'""-~

~'!II~~

i~==~~

l~I'8-

Candidate B

Thesepeople are making things,creating things.

In the top photo the people areartists.

Theyare drawing plants andflowers and I think people get a lotof fun when they do this.

It doesn't matter if you only do itfor yourself,you havethe feelingof praducing something beautiful.

In the secondphoto the man isgetting enjoyment from what hedoes becausehe is making thingsfor children.

I think the children love wearingthe balioanshe is making forthem.

Theyali get a lot of fun fram whathe does, and perhapshe isteachingthem how to make thingsas well.

~'"1

-1

T~~ ~!A

Candidates A and B

.-

~~~~~----

\:~0-~'~\"<

-'*-- .-,-

l-~';, ,1

~'

l.~::t

.-, ... ~ "fi''~ --t "'j.lJ)iijiO-'.

. ". "I "'"

~ -,'

,j.C" '""'"

"'""

"~'

~'

....,'"

Ii.

.i

,~

{~ : ~T

l

I,Iii<iI'

ii

Useful phrases

Candidates A and B

-

OK,which club would you like to join?

Sha// we discuss the different clubs and then decide? Are you interested incomputers? I think that would be quite a good club.

I disagree. We have computer lessons at school. What about a museumclub? That would be something different.

Yes, you're right. But it would de pen d on the kind of museum. 15that yourfirst choice?

I don 't know yet. What about the other five which we haven't mentioned. Likethe sports club and the theatre club? llike acting and I think it would be agreat opportunity to be in a play or a musical.

I~~" ,

"""

- .i'A""."--~~~~~ -- .

VISUALS

-

ID]

I-J

Candidate A

w Useful phrases

Candidate A

The young chi/dren in the first photoappear to be enjoyingthemselveson aboat.

The boy who is standing looks veryhappy.

They don 't look like brother and sister,50 perhaps they are making friendswith each other.

In the other photo there is a baby sittingIn a pram.

I don 't know whether it's a boy or a gir!.probablya gir!. I think she's eating apiece of toast.

And I think she must be fee/ingcontented being pushed around in herpram, watching everything thathappens around hero

iI'fI.'!] VISU AL S

",i'E"" '

S' : Y X,"",' '"..i.. i. i."..'. .. '

.'."'

~.'i'

A' '

" ,, "R"" "

y'iC> 2" "o.','""",.,i,.\;,.....,.\... ,.',."..

lj~"""",.,. '.j'\).t~»('~,\"~}\';'fu;iS\".\ii', ,;;(,;i\;i'!,~'.~;i,!\~y~\;.:;t4!i/l;?%f'

Candidate B

-

~

~

..

-

~

~

~

~

~

~

~

~

~

~

~

..

~

-., ""','",,..._...

Useful phrases

Candidate B

The people sitting on some steps arelooking at a map,

I think the people in the other photo areasking for directions or information.

It's quite hard if you are in a foreigncountry like the women in the firstphoto.

Even if you have a map, it's not alwayseasy to find where you are. If you canspeak the language, it's easier to askfor help like the old people are doing inthe second photo.

VISUALS l.I.'fID

~

Candidates A and B

""

oOc

Useful phrases

Candidates A and B

Right. What shall we talk about first?

A minibus is quite expensive 50 we have to think about best way to get a lotof money. What's your opinion about washing cars?

I don 't think that's very good idea. You can't earn much money doing that.What about a concert?

I think that's a good idea. If you can arrange a really good concert, then youcan sell hundreds of tickets and that would bring in lots of money.

I agree. 11"would involvea lot of work, though. You could usethe school hallbut the performers would not be able to charge, otherwise you would notmake much profit. And it might be quite difficult to persuade people that theymust perform for free.

You're righf. What about this other picture where ... ?

lIiE VISUALS

./~~

~

~

-

~

~

-

~'"",J

c!"~~j~!

~j~~

~

~""',

~..

~..

~

I

I~

~

Candidate A

Useful phrases

Candidate A

80th these photos show peopleworking outdoors.

I think the wark they are doing is quitehard, physically, that iso

If the weather is fine, then the menmending the road mightlike beingoutside.

The woman in the photo is cuttingvegetables.

I can 't see what they are, perhaps theyare green beans but it must be quite adifficult life and very tiring if you arestanding ali day.

And when the weather's cold it must beunpleasant because your hands willget very cold.

VISUALS ~

-------

~

Candidate B

~_2 ...,

iD] VISUALS

:l1li

~""'".::-~:=..~

::El~...-111

Useful phrases

Candidate B

One of these photos shows peoplewaiting in a cake shop and the otherone shows an old woman buying thingsin a market.

I think shopping is quite enjoyable ifyou have enough money to buy whatyou want.

I know some people don 't likeshopping because they find it boring.

But choosing something nice to eat likethese pastries is enjoyable.

But carrying heavy bags of vegetablesis not 50 enjoyable.

a

I

~

fJ];>,e\f;$,#{!\\jI~~t.~~'~~}~i;~t~,:t~Ia:~[i!j'~~;~3,;:,;W\~:',~',~

Candidates A and B

--- _.- n_-_~-- -~ ~~

mo_- -~--

- - ,-,~

Useful phrases

Candidates A and B

Okay What do you like?

I think they are ali quite nice. What shall we choose first? Do you like the picture?

It's alI right but it's a bit baring. I prefer the fauntain.

Yes. That's really ariginal. But I think the students might jump in it ar throw things in it.

And it wauld make the flaar wet, which would not be a good idea in an entrance hall.

You 're right. What about ...?

Have we decided then?

Yes, let's agree to choose ...

VISUALS i1DEJ

Candidate A

[g]

~ VISUALS

Useful phrases

Candidate A

We/I, both these photos have thingsthat are old and things that are new.

Yes, I do think d's important to try andkeep some things from the past.

For example, like the bridge in thisphoto, which looks really old.

And the buildings in the backgroundlook very modern.

And in the other photo there's amodern bus driving behind somepeople who are riding in a carriage.

And there are two horses pull ing thecarriage. It looks very strange to seethe bus and horses together.

I suppose the carriage is more fortourists.

But it is important because it tells youabout the history of this place, and howpeople used to travel around in thepast.

Candidate B

[]Useful phrases

Candidate B

80th these photos appear to have beentaken in a classroom.

In one of them the student is smilingand looks very happy.

It could be a geography lessonbecause there is a map on the wall.

And in the other photo al! the studentsare using computers. Perhaps they're onthe internet.

Yes, 1think it's very important to studyfor as long as possible.

11'5not necessary to go to university but- 1think everyone should get a

qualification like a diploma and then i1'seasier to get a good job.

VISUALS

Candidates A and B

Useful phrases

Candidates A and B

50, which of these jobs gives you really useful experience?

I don 't think working in a cafe would be useful.

Why not? I don 't agree. You learn to work with other people and you know itis only for a short time.

Maybe. But I think working with smali children is more useful.

Only if you want to be a teacher!

No. In my opinion it's good experience, especially if you want a family of yourown one day.

What about working in a supermarket? Do we agree on that one?

~ VISUALS

~

~

~

Candidate A

Useful phrases

Candidate A

AlI the people in thesephotos seemto be enjoying themselves.

Theboy who is dancing on his handsmust be very strong.

I think the children who are in a boatare learning to row. And that makesthem feel grown up.

I think it's good to do things like this inyour free time.

VISUALS ~

Candidate B

r

DDI!] VISU AL S

j

-

Useful phrases

Candidate B

-l

8~

~

~

Thesephotos /ook very interesting.

I think it's good to do sport and if youdon't live in a country where theweather is very good, you can do thingsinside like these people.

/t /ooks quite hard for that little girlclimbing the wall.

And running like these boys is anexcellent way to keep fit. It's good foryour heart.

For me it's very important to keep fit. i

j

-

l

~I

l

~

il

~

I

~

J!

~

~

~

~

~

..I

Candidates A and B

,-", ',-'

Useful phrases

Candidates A and B

Which picture sha// we choose first? What about this one with the goldfish?It's not too difficult to look after a goldfish, is it?

No, but you still have to feed iti Let's compare it with looking after a house.That's far more difficult. You have to check that everywhere is locked whenyou go out.

Yes, of course. You have to switch off lights and things. That's a bigresponsibility. But, what's your opinion about looking after a baby? Isn't thatthe most difficult of all?

I don 't know. I suppose looking after things is easier than looking after oldpeople or children.

Yes, that's what I think, too.

VISUALS ODO

1

Candidate A

,

I

J

-

'J]

~i

Useful phrases

Candidate A

In the first photo the littlegirl is sittingon her father's back and they must be atan airport. I think it's really important forparents and children to enjoy holidaystogether. Like the fami/yin the secondphoto who /ook as jf they are on acycling holiday. When the children areolder you can do more things togetherlike cycling.

You come back feeling fresh and relaxed.I don't knowanyone who doesn't likeholidays and for people who lead verybusy lives, holidays are essential.

I think holidays are great whatever ageyou are!

ll

'1

l

I~J;J~""

I

I

.~

Df1lJ VISUALS

l

TE 5.,J 8 . PA R il' 2

Candidate B

[!]

"'<

'~m' -.40 J.~t

..l.." ~ -4.-", ".

M:-~",., .':.......~" 6- .~.-

Useful phrases

Candidate B

In the top photo it looks like aKindergarten class.

I don 't know how much these littlechildren will remem ber if they go to afamous place.

In the other photo I don 't know wherethese people are, but I imagine it's afamous museum.

Or perhaps it's a palace or a castlewhere you can see modern paintings.

I do think it's important to see as manyfamous places as possible. In that wayyou learn about your culture.

- -~T'

VISUALS iD]

Candidates A and B

"'.I.

'"

'--'=

Useful phrases

Candidates A and B

This is interesting. Where sha//we begin?

Well, I think water for drinking is the most important, don't you?

Abso/ute/y. So that comes first. And water for washing is important as well,

Agreed. But you don't need to wash your car. People waste a lot of waterdoing that.

OK. And you can save water if you don 't water the garden. And I thinkfountains are the least important.

/'m not sure because they keep using the same water. What aboutswimming pools? Wou/d you agree that they're not essential?

Yes. They use huge amounts of water. 50 we are in agreement?

(UJ VISUALS

UNIVERSITYoJ CAMBRIDGELocal Examinations Syndicate

Candidate NameII 'ol al",dy p,',"d. w"" oamo"CAPITALS ood wmp"'o IhaC,"dlda" No. g,id ('o paoclll,

Candidate's signature

Examination Title

Centre

Supervlsor:

[XI IIjhecandidajeisABSENTorhasWITHORAWNshadehere=

Centre No.

Candidate No.----- -- -- --- -----" ','." ", " ' 'Candidate Answer Sheet: FCE .aper 1 Readin.' ",','"

@cnrml/)

Use a penciI

Mark ONE leller for eachquestion.

"U::yo

()()o

l:Jiij'o-iD

For example, if you think B isthe right answer to thequestion, mark your answersheet like this:

LoJ A~Change your answer likethis:

1 ~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

2 1~~gg,J,b~J:j;~

3 1~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

4 ~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

5 I~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

i'CE-1

~

6 I~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

7 I~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

8 I~~gg,J,b~J:j;J,

91 ~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

101~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

111~~~g,J,b~J:',J,

121~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

1,31~~2?,g,~b~J:',J,

141~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

151~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

161~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

171~~g,g,J,b~J:',J,

181~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

191~~gg,J,b~J:j;J,

201~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

ExaminationDetails

211 ~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

221~~gg,J,b~JiJ,

231~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

241~~2?,g,~b~J:',J,

251~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

261~~g;g,J,b~J:',J,

271~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

281~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

291~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

301~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

311~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

321~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

331~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

341~~ggJ,b~J:',J,

351~~gg,J,b~J:',J,

DP318/92.

- UNIVERSITYoJ CAMBRIDGE

Local Examinations Syndicate

-- Candidate NameII 001 a"'ady p"o"d. w,ile "moi, CAPITALS ,"d wmpl"a!hoCandidola No, g'id ('o pooolll,

Candidate's signature

Centre No.

Candidate No.

Examination TUle

...!J..,...Q..,...Q..,...Q..,

c!.., c2J c!.., ,.!.,

L~.HL6 6:3.H.C).H..:3.HL

'1:.,6662, ,,!5~2, 2,c.E5..,c.E5..,c.E5..,c.E5..,

LLLL..§..,~"<3",,<3,,

~~~~

ExaminationDetaiis

Centre

[XI

Supervisor:II Ih. candidale is ABSENT ar has WITHORAWN sllade here =

----, , Candidate Answer Sheet: FCE .a.er4Listenin. ". ".,i, '",""'i"',

.-.-.....-...-.-.-.-.-.--

-

------ -- -- -- --- ------.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.

eS eS eS eSc!..,c!..,c!..,c!..,66 66LL LL66 662H 2,2,LEJ_H..E3-,c.E5..,c.E5..,

LL LLc.E5..,c.E5.., c.E5..,c.E5..,

g g, 1 g 9---.-----.-..-.------------..----

Specia' arra0gemeolS J:', 2 g 10 = '" =3 g 11 = "

12 = 12=

Use a pencilI

13 = " =

14For Parts 1 and 3:Mark ONE letter for 7 15each queslion.

8 16For example, if you 17Ihink.B is Ihe righlanswer lo Ihe 18queslion, mark youranswer sheet like Ihis:

HI 2, C, b .-.-For Parts 2 and 4: .Wrile your answers in -Ihe spaces nexl lo Ihe .numbers like this: 23 g g, b -.

EXAMPLE [ 29-.

30 30 -= = .-FCE-4 . -DP320/94

UNIVERSITY ej CAMBRIDGE

Local Examinations Syndicate

Candidate NameII oot a'mady p,'otad, wh'a "ma'o CAPtT ALS "d ",mp'oI' th'C,od,d," No, Ohd ('o p,"oit),

Candldale's slgnalure

Examlnallon TIUe

Cenlre

Cenlre No.

Candidale No.

ExaminalionDelalls

c!!., ,.Q., c!!., c!!.,

.1.. 2:',,1-,.1..

666;52.,2.,2.,2,ci,ci,ci,ci,~~,~~~~~6LLLL6666~~~~

Supervlsor:

IX] IIthe candidat. is ABSENT or has WITHDRIWNshade here =

-~ ~-

Candidate AnswerSheet: FCE paper 3 Usa of English ,,',

@cn,mV1

-o:::y;?,OnO

-O6)'a-ro

FCE.3 DP319/93

-

.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.1_I.-.-.-.-.-.- .

g, JS

C JSI 124=

- .-- .-- .- -- - .- -- - .- - -- - .- -- - .- -- .- -- .-.-'-1-I .-

-I I .-1 .-I -.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.

~

~

--

~

~

Test 1

Part 2: Hungry pop stars

8 A: Incorrect: She does not say people are fussy.8 B: Incorrect: There is no reference to restaurants.8 C: Correct: 'She has to cater for many different tastes'.8 D: Incorrect: Only some people are on a special diet.9 A: Incorrect: The stars are not worried about their personal

safety.9 B: Correct: 'no one is bothering them for autographs'.9 C: Incorrect: The managers may be more trouble than the

stars.Incorrect: We don't know whether or not this is true.Correct: 'her own particular mixture ...'.Incorrect: They simply like herbal tea.Incorrect: They take the special mixture on stage.Incorrect: They no longer drink as much alcohol.Incorrect: 'rich' is the opposite of 'plain'.Incorrect: There is only a reference to how much Valeriespends.

11 C: Incorrect,: The emphasis is on providing nutritious food.11 D: Correct: 'they're not used to expensive food, 50 Valerie

prepares plain food'.12 A: Incorrect: There is no reference to people wanting more

expensive food.12 B: Incorrect: She doesn't keep the list 'just in case'; she

uses it.

12 C: Correct: This refers back to 'a stock of people'srequirements' .

12 D: Incorrect: She has made use of the list 50 that things arethere if necessary.

13 A: Incorrect: Having a lot of money does not make you anexpert.

13 B: Correct: She has learnt to buy what people needquickly.Incorrect: There is no mention of a budget.Incorrect: She is not under pressure to shop quickly.Correct: They won't eat before a concert becausethey're tOG nervous.Incorrect: There is food available whenever they want it.Incorrect: They don 't eat at al! before a concert.Incorrect: There is no mention of this.Incorrect: Bands are mad but Valerie does not say'completely mad'.

15 B: Correct: She is amazed at the change in their behaviour.15 C: Incorrect: Valerie does not say they are actually rude on

stage.15 D: Incorrect: They can be really quiet off stage.

13 C:13 D:14 A:

14 B:14 C:14 D:15 A:

Part 1: The history of surfing1 E: Hawaii hasthe best surf in the world2 I: the force can be life-threatening3 A: Nature'sway of saying:stay away (i.e. a warning)4 F: one man in particularwas responsiblefor fresh

enthusiasm5 H: he cameacrossa substance... he createda wetsuit6 D: the first eversnowboardingworld cup event7 B: now wants to surf a wave called Jaws

9 D:10 A:10 B:10 C:10 D:11 A:11 B:

Part 3: Why the United Nations Went to School

16 G: Explanation of 'Model United Nations'.17 H: Link with reference to 'other countries'.18 A: Link with 'other roles'.19 F: Link with students arriving: 'Once they are ali together'.20 C: Link with students deciding who will speak after the

committee stage.21 B: Link between students being nervous but also 'gaining

in self-confidence'.

Part 4: An Actor's World

22 B: Laura Dyson is just 21 and already a box office name.23 A: His father and mother are both actors ... his career path

was inevitable.24 C: in the afternoon I was told I would be on stage that

eveningI had to learn ... the exact opposite.Then one day ... and the next day I was on the film set.I didn't have to say a single word!has had no formai trainingI used to feel quite desperate ... out of workI find most of them very boringit has not been an easy ride to stardomBut I'm quite choosy now and turn down more scriptsthan I accept!

33 B: I used to spend hours making up my face 50 that I'dlook older.

34 C: my father refused to agree ... to pay my way35 A: there was something fascinating ... other personalities

25 A:26 D:27 B:28 D:29 B:30 A:31 C:32 D:

Questions1-21 = 2 marks eachQuestions 22-35 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.

Part 1

Question 1

Style: Formai letter. Avoid informal expressions.Conten t: 1 Give information about your interests, and say

where and how you would like to travel.2 Ask how lon g the courses are and whether you can

do more than one activity on a course.3 Ask about the furnished apartments.4 Ask whether language tuition is individual or in

groups.5 Add a question of your own based on the

information in the advertisement.

Part 2Question 2

Style:Formai to neutral. Use elear paragraphs.Content: 1 Introduce the topie.

2 Suggest a few examples of things people can do tolook after their environment.

3 Explain why and how these examples would helpthe environment. .

4 Conelude your composition with a generalcomment.

KEY lIf.l6

~l

Question 3Style: InformalContent: 1 Intraduceyour letter with a welcomingsentence.

2 Tellyour friendsabout two or three of the specialtourist attractions in your area.

3 Suggest one or two things their children wouldenjoy. These may or may not be the same as thespecial tourist attractions.

4 Conclude the letter apprapriately, e.g. that you arelooking forward to their visit.

Question 4

Style: Neutral.Conten t: 1 Choose a person and use their name as a heading

or title.2 Intraduce the person and explain why their

influence is important.3 Givetwo or three examplesof their influenceand

its effect.4 Conclude with an apprapriate comment.

Question 5(a)

Style: Formalor neutral. Do not use informal expressions.Content: Brieflydescribe one of the events. Explain your

reasons for choosing it and say why you find itinteresting/enjoyable/effective etc. (i.e. memorable).

Question 5(b)

Style: Formalor neutral. Do not use informal expressions.Content: Decide whether you think the book is more suitable

for radio or television and say why. Choose two orthree examples of scenes/events fram the book whichyou think would make good radio or televisionsupporting and explaining your decision.

The two parts of the Writing Paper have equal marks.The total score isadjustedto givea markout ot 40.

Part 1: 0resund Bridge1 A: Only 'longest' collocates with 'bridge'.2 C: Only 'stretches' makessense.3 B: The expression is 'into the distance'. The other words do

not collocate.4 B: Only 'meets' collocates.5 A: 'Iinks'here means 'unites'; none of the others makes

sense.6 D: Building work is 'completed'.7 D: Only 'separating' collocates.8 B: 'turns into' means 'becomes'; ali the other phrasal verbs

have different meanings.9 C: Only 'record' collocates with 'breaker'.

10 A: Although C and D work grammatically they do notmake sense; B does not collocate.

11 C: Only 'structure' can be used with 'bridge'.12 B: Only B works grammatically; A, C and D would ali need

another noun phrase to complete the structure.13 D: Only 'jointly' has the right meaning for something don e

by two parties.14 A: Only A collocatesin this context; you can 'spare' and

'spend' 'time' but they mean something different.15 B: Only 'benefit' collocatesin this context.

Part 2: Artist Development Manager16 responsible(adjective): collocates wit h 'for'17 of (preposition): indicates belonging18 ali(determiner):collocatesin the expression'alithat it involves'

(D3 KEY

I19 wears (verb in Present simple): collocateswith 'clothes'20 a (indefinite article): refers to any one day21 During (preposition): indicates length of time22 sent (verb in Pastsimple):used to show that tapes have

been received

23 be/become (verb): collocates with 'hoping to' and 'famous'24 what (pranoun): subject of 'makes'25 able (adjective): completes phrase 'be able to'26 spite (noun): part of the prepositional phrase 'in spite of'27 worth (preposition): forms part of the expression

'it is worth it'28 doing (present participle): follows 'by' and collocates wit h

'work experience'.29 as (conjunction): part of the fixed phrase 'as well as'30 found (verb in Past simple): part of phrasal verb 'find out'

meaning 'discover'

Part 3

31 was unaware I of Rona's: 'unaware' must be foliowed by 'of'32 (been) months I since 1saw: 'since' + Past simple (fram

Present perfect)33 took I myadvice: 'advice' collocateswith 'take'34 put up I with: phrasal verb wit h two particles35 were prevented I from running by: passive construction?

prevent + fram + -ing36 you I lend me: 'Iend' without 'to' meaning 'allow to borraw'37 his horror I Jim found: possessive adjective + noun + Past

simple38 do I you want: auxiliary verb used to form question39 wish I I could speak: 'I wish' must be foliowed by a pronoun40 is grawn I by: passive construction in the Present simple + by

preceding agent 'farmers'

Jcd

~

Part 4: Red Nose Day41 together: 'collected' does not need 'together'42 ./43 like: 'such as' cannot be foliowed by 'Iike'44 because: grammatically incorrect within the sentence45 ./

46 for: wrang to put a preposition here - 'health care' is a nounphrase

47 ./

48 being: 'by' is foliowed directly here wit h the main verb in itsparticiple form

49 on: 'on' is used with 'put on a programme/show'50 here: does not refer to any place, so it is meaningless51 over: 'give' by itself is ali that is needed here; 'over' can be

used with 'hand' but not in this context52 ./53 ./54 about: the expression 'for fun' cannot be preceded by

'about' in this context

55 had: you cannot use 'had' before Present simple 'buy'

Part 5: Aboriginal Stories

56 surraundings (verb to noun)57 traditional (noun to adjective)58 knowledge (verb to noun)59 theatrical (noun to adjective)60 lives(noun to noun, piurai form)61 believed (noun to verb, Past simple)62 personality (adjective to noun)63 importance (adjective to noun)64 uncomfortable (noun to negative adjective by adding prefix)65 possibility (adjective to noun)

Questions1-30 and 41-65 = 1 mark eachQuestions 31-40 = 2 marks eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out ot 40.

There is a mark tor each correct answer in parts 1-4.

Part 11B 2A 3A 4A 5C 6A 7 B 8B

Part 2

9 25/twenty-fiveyears10 power11 project12 3/three days13 cabins

14 to smoke15 natural16 water17 job18 fund

Part 319 F 20 E 21 D 22 B 23 C

Part 424 F 25 T 26 F 27 T 28 T 29 F 30 F

Questions 1-30 = 1 markeachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out ot 40.

Test 2

Part 1: Dark days1 G: Now life starts again.2 H: Thestation is home to physicists... and a chef.3 D: they can start and finish work at whatever times suit

them4 I: smali social groups develop within this isolated

community5 F: can open up a new road system6 A: a way of having some personal and private space7 B: they are isolatedand imprisoned'" but for many

months at a time no chance of leaving

Part 2: Into the Gap8 A: Incorrect: He is not in a courtroom.8 B: Incorrect: He hasn't yet begun to teach.8 C: Incorrect: He is apprehensive.8 D: Correct: He expects to be judged because 'They have

never met a foreigner before'.9 A: Incorrect: This is not mentioned.9 B: Incorrect: This is not his decision.9 C: Correct: This refers back to 'not been an easy choice to

take the opportunity of doing a gap year'.Incorrect: This is not his decision.Incorrect: The students eye him nervously.Correct: 'Ieft me feeling exhausted, but rewarded'.Incorrect: People are enthusiastic.Incorrect: This is not mentioned.Incorrect: This is not mentioned.Incorrect: This is not mentioned.Correct: 'I ... felt appreciated and welcomed ... everyonewants to be your friend'.

11 D: Incorrect: This is not mentioned.12 A: Correct: The best nights were those he spent listening to

stories and eating with the family, relatively simplepleasures.

12 B: Incorrect: He doesn't say this.12 C: Incorrect: He doesn't mention missing Western

entertainment.

9 D:10 A:10 B:10 C:10 D:11 A:11 B:11 C:

12 D: Incorrect: He only mentions Mr Chow, not students irgeneral.

13 A: Incorrect: We know that he isn't.13 B: Correct: He says that 'you can feellike a cross betweeP

a celebrity and a creature from outer space'.13 C: Incorrect: There is no evidence for this.13 D: Incorrect: There is no evidence for this.14 A: Incorrect: He doesn't say this.14 B: Incorrect: This is part of his experience but not the end

resuIt.14 C: Incorrect: This is also part of his teaching experience bu;:

not the end result.14 D: Correct: 'and become more independent ... there's no

faster way to grow up'.

Part 3: Rattling the Cage15 C: Linkbetween 'dislikedhavinga cleveryoung boss'. 'two

years' and 'first year'.16 D: Link between 'conditions for animals' and 'heating in

the animai houses'.17 A: Linkbetween 'heating', 'the keeperswent on strike' ard

'Ieaving ali the heating turned on'.18 E: Link between 'the zoo's animai hospital' and 'he was at

last in charge of a proper clinic'.19 B: Link between 'safari parks', 'cages' and 'to be fair to

London Zoo'.20 F: Link between 'cars' and 'they can go to the country',21 I: Link between 'he actually lived in the zoo grounds' and

'he had a fiat'.

Part 4: My Own Personal Space21 B: 1share a fiat with three others22 D: I'd love to be able to go for a walk23 C: I tell them it's nothing personal24/5C: it's important that I create space for myself at the

beginning of each day24/5A: I have at least an hour to myself26 B: It's hopeless to try and find any privacy in the fiat, 50 I

go out for a walk27 B: it givesme the opportunity ... to think about what I

have to do the next day28/9B: If I don 't get time to myself, 1'11be like a bear with a sore

head'28/9A: If I don 't make this space for myself, I feel really tense

and irritable.30 C: I'm sure it must be the same for singers ... complete

silencewhen I get home it's wonderful to be able to relaxoffice bustle, phones, e-mail, do this, do thatIf people try and talk to me before midday, I really snapat them.

34 A: Even if I'm away from home, I try to find the time just tobe alone

35 D: The breaks are 50 short there's no time to do anythingother than ...

31 D:32 A:33 C:

Questions 1-21 = 2 markseachQuestions 22-35 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out ot 40.

K E Y ID]

Part 1Question 1

Style: Formalletter. Avoid informal expressions.Conten t: 1 Give information about your group (age, sex etc.)

and ask for details about two countries.2 Ask what is meant by 'Iarge groups', and 'special

prices'.3 Ask about sporting activities and whether horse-

riding is possible.4 Ask about accommodation and food.5 Ask about information packs.

Part 2

Question 2

Style: Neutral or informal because the readers will be youngpeople.

Content: 1 Introduce the person.2 Say why you have chosen him or her.3 Explainwhat interests you about this person.

Question 3

Style: Semi-formal or neutral.Conten t: 1 Make it elear why Joni had elosed the door 50

quietly.2 Explain what Joni is waiting for.3 How does the story end? Who or what was behind

the door?

Question 4

Style: Informal.Conten t: 1 Explain how your decision to go camping was

made at the last minute (good weather?) and thatwas why your friend didn't know.

2 Tellyour friend who you went camping with.3 Tellthem what happened; mention two or three

concrete details to do with camping.4 Conclude appropriately.

Question 5(a)

Style: Formalor neutral. Do not use informal expressions.Conten t: Say which character is your favourite. Give specific

references from the book to explain why you like thecharacter 50 much.

Question 5(b)

Style: Formalor neutral. Do not use informal expressions.Conten t: Say whether you agree or disagree with the

statement. Give reasons for your opinion and refer tospecific examples from the book which make it elearwhy you enjoyed reading it.

The two parts of the Writing Paper have equal marks.The total score is adjusted to give a markout of 40.

Part 1: Coffee Culture

1 B: The world can only 'go by'.2 A: Only 'queue' collocates; 'Iine' would be right if foliowed

by 'of people'.3 A: Only 'demand' makes sense here and has to be foliowed

by 'for' in this context.4 C: Read the complete paragraph carefully in order to

understand the writer's scepticism and the fact that theattraction is the environment, not the coffee!

mE K E Y

,I

5 B: Only 'Iies' collocates with 'attraction'.6 C: Only'join' fits the meaning here.7 D: People 'gather'; moreover, A, B and C do not fit

grammatically.8 A: 'regular' collocates with 'times'; the others don't in this

context.9 B: 'exchange' collocates wit h 'news and gossip'.

10 B: 'issues of the day' is a fixed expression.11 C: 'do business' is a fixed expression.12 B: The phrasal verb can only be foliowed by 'transactions'.13 A: 'it is estimated' is a fixed passive expression.14 B: Only 'growing' collocates with 'number'.15 C: Only 'attractions' collocates with 'tourist'.

Part 2: Sports Tourism

16 there (pronoun): there + verb 'to be' to indicate thatsomething exists

17 No (adverb): part of negative adverbial expression 'no longer'18 sit (verb): collocates with 'armchair'19 where (adverb): adverb of place20 50 (conjunction): links people's desire with their action21 addition (noun): part of the prepositional phrase 'in addition

to'22 every (determiner): collocates with 'number'23 they (pronoun): refers back to 'Olympics'24 have (verb): part of moda Iverb 'have to' used in the passive25 but (conjunction):part of structure 'not just!only... but also'26 who (relative pronoun): refers to 'visitors'27 as (conjunction): used here to mean 'because'28 has (verb in Present simple): collocates with 'effect'29 since (preposition): used to refer to a fixed point of time in

the past30 become (past participle): part of verb in the Present perfect

Part 3

31 asked John I not to speak: 'asked' used as a reporting verb32 wish I I could: 'I wish' must be foliowed by a pronoun33 in case I it rains: in case + pronoun + verb in Present simple34 even though I he was feeling/felt: conjunction used to

express contrast35 told her son I off: phrasalverb meaning 'scold/rebuke'36 do not I interest: auxiliary verb + infinitive37 everyone's/our surprise I Kitty came: 'surprise' used as noun38 think that I one of: passive to active39 you mind I if 1borrow: auxiliary question form + if

+ Present simple40 is not I aS/50cheap as: comparative structure

Part 4: Time Travel

41 the: no artiele before 'history'42 ./43 is: grammatically wrong44 ./

45 since: a conjunction is not needed here46 and: 'however' is the adverb which links the ideas correctly47 far: you cannot put 'far' between '50' and 'tiny'48 ./49 50: if this word were used, it would have to be at the start of

the sentence50 there: no specific reference to a place, 50 it is wrong51 ./52 or: 'stop' foliowed by participle53 ./54 on: 'take on' is not used to talk about time55 to: the verb 'reach' is not foliowed by the preposition 'to'

J

Part 5: Voices Foundation

56 passionately (noun to adverb)57 musical(noun to adjective)58 majority (adjective to noun)59 inspiration (verb to noun)60 development (verb to noun)61 significant (verb to adjective)62 mathematlcal (noun to adjective)63 communication (verb to noun)64 enjoyment (verb to noun)65 willingly (noun to adverb)

Questions 1-30 and 41-65 = 1 markeachQuestions31-40 = 2 markseachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out ot 40.

There is a mark tor each correct answer in parts 1-4.

Part 11A 2C 3A 4B 5 B 6C 7C 8C

Part 2

9 tin/metal roof10 tape11 candles12 tracks13 piane

14 sugar cane15 rats16 heaters17 1000/1/one thousandkms/kilometres18 inside

Part 3

19 C 20 E 21 A 22 F 23 D

Part 424 A 25 C 26 B 27 B 28 A 29 C 30 B

Questions 1-30 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out ot 40.

Test 3

Part 1: White Storks

1 G: So my initial job was to collect2 B: It was a marvellous scene3 D: The numbers of storks... The major cause for this

decrease ...4 A: the birds adjusted to this 1055by carrying their twigs

even higher5 F: Ifa stork can't find sufticientfood ... it will quite happily

feed oft what it can find in rubbish tips6 H: the storkwill nodoubtfind awayto ensureit will

survivelong into the future

Part 2: Unusual story tell ing7 C: 11'5gripping storytelling and not a single child has

moved.8 D: Women do not usuallyrefereefootball matches.9 C: who mainly sit at the back of classroomsand don't want

to take part in lessons10 D: The correct answer is expressedoythe whole of

the sixth paragraph.11 A: 'strong male role models', 'grow up wanting ...

footballers and 'they'lllisten ... teachers'

12 A: how relaxing with a book before a big game couldimprove their performanceFootballers have a fairly short career ... and most ofthem move on to other jobsI had almost no self-confidence but nowadays I'm quitehappy standing up in front of 500 children

13 D:

14 B:

Part 3

15 G: Link between 'But writing a book ... was one thing' and'Writing a book when ... was quite another.'

16 D: Link between 'on arriving' and 'oft I drove'.17 F: Link between 'before I could open it' and 'once inside'.18 B: Link with 'Every passer-by ...'.19 H: Link wit h 'children ... sliding on ice ... ' and 'children ...

sliding down the chute'.20 I: Link wit h 'Have you heard?' and direct speech that

follows.

21 A: Contrastive link between 'nothing to worry about' and'Some people did worry, however.'

Part 4: I Need My Computer

22 B: to remind me about meetings with other doctors23 C: for finding out what other companies like mine are

oftering24 A: moving from the notes I have made ... to more

developed pieces25 D: Instead of having to draw pictures I can get them on the

computer26 A: I can work on trains and buses27/8B: to find out about the latest discoveries27/8E: and use the internet to research new music

29 C: everyone expects you to have a computer these days30 E: My e-mail is like having a friend31 C: it is not as personal as a phone cali32 E: it saves a lot of money33 D: they let me have their old one34 E: to send out information about myself35 E: I owned one of the early laptops; My life ... would be a

~ real struggle without my computers.

Questions 1-21 = 2 markseachQuestions22-35 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out ot 40.

Part 1

Question 1 .Style:Formailetter.Avoid informal expressions.Content: 1Give information about yourself and your friend,

ages and backgrounds.2 Ask where volunteers are sent and how old most

people are.3 Ask about the skilis that are needed.4 Ask about accommodation and whether food is

included.

5 Ask whether there are any extra costs.

Part 2

Question 2

Style:Formaito neutral.Usea headingor title.Content: 1 Introducethe topic and refer to your own personal

interestsor hobbies.2 Developthe topic by dealingwit h each interest in

turn.3 Summarisewhy you think what you do isa good

way to spend your free time.

KEY (D]

cl

Question 3Style: Semi-formal or neutral.Content: 1 Explain what the 'secret' iso

2 Reason(s)why the matter must be kept secret.3 What has happened/could happen that might make

it difficult to keep the secret?

Question 4

Style: Formal; write elear paragraphs, perhaps using subheadings.Conten t: 1 Recommend a televison program me.

2 Explain why it would be useful and helpful forforeign learners.

3 Give one or two examples of things from theprogramme that support your recommendation.

Question 5(a)

Style: Informal.Conten t: Recommend the title of the book.

Say what you have especially enjoyed about the book(e.g. characters, storyline, level of language ete.).Say why you think your friend would enjoy reading it.Conelude appropriately.

Question 5(b)

Style: FormaI.Conten t: Briefly say what the book is about. Describe one event

in the book that would interest people and possiblyencourage them to read the book for themselves.

The two parts of the Writing Paper have equal marks.The total score is adjusted to give a markout of 40.

Part 1: Musie - a Universal Language1 D: Only 'arose' collocates wit h 'as a development'.2 A: Only 'one' fits the meaning of the sentence.3 A: In this context, the only word which collocateswith

'Ianguages'.4 C: History was passed down the generations by being

'recorded' in musie.

5 B: The phrasal verb 'pass on' is the only correct verb in thiscontext; ali the others mean something different.

6 D: Only correct word in context.7 B: Only 'satisfy' collocates with 'the feel-good factor'.8 A: Only word which collocates with the words on either

side of the gap.9 D: 'facts' would need a plural verb to be correct.

10 C: Only 'score' can be used in this context and collocateswith 'test'.

11 D: Only word that forms a fixed expression.12 A: 'supported' here means 'providing further evidence'.13 B: Forms a phrasal verb meaning 'nurtu red'.14 D: Forms a fixed expression.15 C: Forms a fixed phrase.

Part 2: Follow Your Nose16 between (preposition): 'between' two things17 takes (verb): collocateswit h 'two seconds'18 enter (verb): collocates wit h 'nose'19 which/that (relative pronoun): refers to 'brain'20 how (adverb): refers to manner21 not (adverb): used to negate the idea of 'understanding'22 with (preposition): collocateswith 'relationships' and 'other

people'23 fali (verb): part of fixed expression 'fali in love'24 this (pronoun): refers to 'people tend to smell of what they

eat'

~ KEY

25 part (noun): forms verb phrase 'take part'26 likely (adverb): used after comparative 'more'27 were (auxiiiary verb): completes passive structure28 used (past participle): collocates with 'knowledge'29 level (noun): collocates with 'sub-conscious'30 selling (gerund): relates to exploiting people's spending

habits

Part 3

31 looked I up to: phrasal verb meaning 'respect'32 apart from I Judith had: 'apart from' meaning 'with the

exception of'33 have difficulty I (in) learning: have difficulty + -ing34 is not I worth asking: worth + -ing35 would not have I been able: third conditional36 are not allowed I to take: allowed + infinitive37 never takes lany notice of or

takes no I notice of: fixed phrase meaning 'ignore'38 has gon e I off: phrasal verb39 ought to have I don e40 am having I my bedroom decorated: causative form

Part 441 ./42 ./43 then: there is no function for this word here44 one: the fixed phrase is 'for example'45 must: the writer is arguing that young people do things

voluntarily46 do: not a question, so the auxiliary is wrong47 to: 'ask' cannot be foliowed by 'to'48 ./49 by: there is no function for this word here50 at: the preposition is unnecessary51 even: wrong because there is no emphasis here52 like: this often creeps into spoken English but is

grammatically wrong here53 ./54 having: the correct verb is 'we're chatting'55 that: the fixed expression is 'you're only young once'

Part 5: Recognising a Liar

56 ability (adjective to noun)57 truth (adjective to noun)58 sixth (noun to adjective)59 normally (adjective to adverb)60 instance (adjective to noun)61 different (verb to adjective)62 alteration: (verb to noun)63 realisation: (verb to noun)64 judgement: (verb to noun)65 unreliable (verb to negative noun by adding prefix)

Questions 1-30 and 41-65 = 1 mark eachQuestions 31-40 = 2 marks eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.

There is a mark for each correct answer in parts 1-4.

Part 11 B 2 B 7C 8A3C 4A 5 B 6A

Part 29 f19 millian

10 woollyscarf11 fSO12 world13 dinner

14 season ticket15 filmed (for TV)16 competitions17 praducts18 wages

Part 319D 20 8

Part 4

24 F 25T

21 E 22 A 23 C

26 T 27 T 28 F 29 T 30 F

Questions 1-30 = 1 mark each

The total score is adjusted to give a mark out ot 40. .

Test 4

Part 1: My Kind of Life

1 E: how photogenic the child would appear ... sa eachaudition ... iswatched on a monitor

2 I: The schedulewas alwaysvery tight3 A: when I first left universityI worked asa personal

assistant4 H: you end up disappointing the vast majority of these kids5 C: they've ali worked and rehearsedenormouslyhard ...

they may havetravelled miles ... spent money on faresand new elothes

6 D: it isworth auditioning over and over again7 G: same of these new young faceswill go on to become

big namesin the yearsahead

Part 2: Roamers

8 D: Matt Lassiter spotted a business opportunity9 D: hostels that made young visitors feel at home

10 8: taking time off ... has quite a lot of money11 A: like a kindly aunt or unele looking after young people12 C: offers a safe and secure form of accommodation13 8: customers would all be familiar with the internet

14 A: knowing that backpackers want to feellike explorers

Part 3: Flying into the Record Books15 A: Link between 'Polly's ... journey began' and 'it ended'.16 F: Link between 'behind schedule' and 'the delay was the

resuIt of'.

17 C: Link between the past, Amelia Earhart and Polly'sbehaviour.

18 H: Link between the journey going well and the fact thatPolly even had some free time.

19 8: Link between 'To her horror' and 'most dangeraus kindof ice'.

20 D: Link between 'she had used more fuel than expected'and 'As a result the main tank had run dry'.

21 G: Link between 'warm welcome' and 'on one occasion'.

Part 4: projects Abroad22 C: ranging fram well-equipped independent and state

schools to much smaller ones23 D: the French influence is still evident

24 A: you will be treated as an addition to any school or familythat you join

25 8: chi Idren and their parents ... and children work hard atschool

\ ~

26 A: children as young as nursery age, and you may have thechance to work with them

27 C: walking and climbing, boating ... and white-waterrafting

28 D: the best market in West Africa29 8: bringing new investments and ideas with them30 8: the main spoken languages are Ewe, Twi and Ga31/2C: Accommodation iseither wit h host families or local

hostels.

31/2D: you can choose to stay with a host family or you mayprefer to find your own raom or apartment

33 A: and many people are vegetarians34 A: It's an area with a special feel to it35 8: teaching lively songs and rhymes is very popular

Questions1-21 = 2 marks eachQuestions 22-35 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out ot 40.

Part 1

Question 1

Style: Formalletter. Avoid informal expressions.Content: 1 Give information about the event you are

organising and say what you would like.2 Ask about costs: food, drink and a private raom.3 Ask about the number of people that the restaurant

can accommodate.

4 Ask about equipment for playing musie and say youwant to bring your own CDs etc.

5 Ask about special effects, lighting, decoration etc.6 Ask about opening and elosing times.

Part 2Question 2Style: Formalletter of application.Content: 1 Say why you are interested in applying for the job.

2 Explain why you think you are a good person forthe job (e.g. past experience, confident in dealingwit h people, available during the summer, goodspoken English etc.).

Question 3Style: Semi-formal ar neutral.Conten t: 1 Intraduce yourself and your country.

2 Describe what you do on a typical day.

Question 4

Style: Formal; write elear paragraphs, perhaps using subheadings.Con ten t: 1 Explain where you took the group.

2 Describe what interested the visitors.

Question 5(a)

Style:FormaI.Content: Describetwa charactersfrom the book. Saywhat you

find interestingabout eachof these charactersandwhy you have chosen to meet them.

Question 5(b)

Style: FormaI.Conten t: 8riefly describe the book, e.g. plot, setting, characters.

Say why you think it is worth reading e.g.it's entertaining, interesting, exciting etc.

The two parts of the Writing Paper have equal marks.The total score is adjusted to give a mark out ot 40.

K E Y E:IDl]

--

Part 1: The Early Days of Football

1 C: Only 'forms' collocates with 'game'.2 A: 'An association' is 'formed'.3 C: Only 'rules' is appropriate in this context.4 A: Only 'grounds' collocates with 'football'.5 D: 'meant' is used here with the sense of 'as a result'.6 B: 'fans' are people who followtheir team, or a pop group

etc.7 C: Forms a phrasal verb meaning 'established'.8 B: 'preferred' is the only word which is grammatically

correct here.9 A: The choice was between football and rugby.

10 C: Only'running' collocateswith 'river'.11 B: Only verb that makes sense in context.12 B: The banks would have been built up (made) using earth.13 C: Only 'proper' collocates with 'stands' in contrast to the

'earth banks'.14 D: Only 'posts' collocates with 'wooden'.15 A: The text indicates that nobody had thought of nets until

1891, 50 'invented' is the right answer.

Part 2: Fast Track to Fluency16 a (indefinite article): must follow 'such'17 to (verb particie): part of the infinitive18 grow (verb): part of phrasal verb 'grow up'19 of (preposition): follows 'awareness'20 for (preposition): follows 'ability' in this context21 carried (past participle): part of phrasal verb22 out (preposition): verb + particie + particie23 were (verb): relates to state of being24 whereas (conjuction):meaning 'on the other hand'25 smaller (adjective): used in comparison with 'larger'26 when (adverb): refersto time27 same (adjective): collocates with 'way'28 other (determiner):links to 'one language'29 well (adverb):part of fixed expression 'as well as', meaning

'in addition to'30 and (conjunction): links the two statements about children's

skilis

Part 3

31 should/ought to/must hang I on to: direct speech using aphrasal verb meaning 'to keep'

32 in spite of I never having: in spite of + -ing33 is I not necessary: impersonal construction using 'it'34 suggested (that) I we (should) go: reporting verb + (should +)

infinitive without 'to35 would not I let him or

did not I let him: let + object + infinitive without 'to'36 had not I lost my mobile: third conditional37 will be I met: active to passive38 burst out I laughing: phrasal verb + -ing39 objects to I people phoning: object + to + -ing40 rather stay I in bed than: would rather + infinitive without

'to' + than

Part 4

41 this: no demonstrativeadjectiveneeded42 .I43 for: not necessary44 most: superlative form of 'old' is 'oldest'45 grown: unnecessaryand grammatically incorrect46 in: cannot be used after 'believed' in this context47 .I48 .I

DI3f) K E Y

:1

49 the: the definite article is not used before an abstract nounwith general meaning

50 much: grammatically incorrect51 well: cannot be used before 'useful'52 .I53 kind: the correct structure would be 'a kind of flour'54 a: the fixed expression is 'in fact'55 .I

Part 5: The Man who Furnished the World

56 hatred (verb to noun)57 delivery (verb to noun)58 shoppers (noun to noun)59 choice (verb to noun)60 addition (verbto noun)61 throughout (prepositionto preposition)62 accusation [verbto noun)63 argument (verb to noun)64 products (verbto noun, piurai form)65 combinations (verb to noun, piurai form)

Questions 1-30 and 41-65 = 1 mark eachQuestions 31-40 = 2 markseachThe total score is adjustedto givea markout of 40.


Part 11A 2B 7A 8C3A 4C 5C 6A

Part 29 2/two weeks

10 bucket11 Bang with Style12 22/twenty-two mins/minutes13 6/six

14 hockey15 builder16 (the) drums17 hammer18 hard(-)Iine

Part 319 B 20 D

Part 424 B 25 B

21 F 22 E 23 A

29 A 30 A26 C 27 B 28 C

Questions 1-30 = 1 markeachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.

Test 5

Part 1: Tweenagers1 D: this group has become a clearly separate social and

economic unit2 F: pocket money has risen by 32 %3 B: From eight onwards other influences become important4 I: they want to fit in with their peer group5 A: not very likelyto question what they see and hear6 G: Mostchildrenof todayget ... a lot more freedom of

choice. \7 E: but they are still just children

Part 2: Design your own website8 A: Incorrect:He makes reference to people as part of his

job.~1

-

9 D:10, A:10 B:

10 C:

10 D:11 A:

11 B:

11 C:11 D:

12 A:

12 B:12 C:12 D:

13 A:13 B:13 C:

13 D:14 A:14 B:

14 C:

14 D:15 A:15 B:15 C:15 D:

8 B: Incorrect: He deals with enquiries, but makes nomention of enjoyment.Incorrect: He does not mention teaching.Correct: 'Ioves the variety' and 'so many subjects'.Incorrect: The option contradicts the phrase 'must-see'.Correct: 'a destination' is somewhere people arrive at/goto.

Incorrect: The text does not say this about websites ingenera/.Incorrect: No details are given about the preparation.Incorrect: 'He had no idea people shared his passion.'Incorrect: It is not stated that he wanted to makemoney.Incorrect: Pete Bennett is interested in flags, not the webadvertiser.

Correct: 'He'd been fascinated by flags since boyhood'.Incorrect: He already had 1.5 million hits a month, whichwas the problem.Incorrect: The 'trebled fee' is mentioned but we don 't

know whether it was actually implemented.Incorrect: No mention is made of this.Correct: 'he couldn't afford to spend that amount ofmoney on a hobby without any benefit to himself' and'his hobby provides him wit h a smali income'.Correct: This refers back to 'selling products that peoplewant' in the opening sentence of paragraph.Incorrect: They are not mentioned in this context.Incorrect: There is no reference made to them.

Incorrect: The woman who tells fortunes is the productadvertiser.Incorrect: There is no mention of addresses.Incorrect: We are not told that this is the case.Correct: 'has probably made a mistake in theirprogramming' .Incorrect: The reference is to people clicking on asite.Incorrect: It appears straightforward but isn't.Incorrect: There is no mention of the quality ofinstruction guides.Correct: 'unless you're very skilled, you're likely to runinto problems'.Incorrect: This is not stated.

Correct: 'this is big business'.Incorrect: This is not stated.Incorrect: This is not stated.Incorrect: This is not stated.

8 C:8 D:9 A:9 B:

9 C:

Part 3: She's the First Ever Professor of Pop16 H: Link between 'having children' and 'her children had

grown up'.17 D: Link between 'The Open University ... developing a

course' and 'the course combined ... '.18 F: Link between 'number of women ... is few' and 'it is a

strongly male environment'.19 B: Link between earlier sentences in this paragraph and

concluding sentence in the same paragraph.20 E: Contrastive link between Whiteley's youth and 'Now,

however, ...'.21 G: Link between 'Popular Music Course' and 'This course is

a mixture ... '.

Part 4: Cat-watching22 C: you can increase your chances of seeing one if you go

on a river cruiseit's worth visiting a Project Tiger Reserveyou' II never forget itI realised a huge male tiger was staring out at meThere are probably fewer than 7,000 leftIn Central America there are thought to be only a fewhundred

28 A: If you're hoping to see ali three big cats

23 B:24 B:25 B:26/7B:26/7C:

29 A:30 C:

Lionsare the only truly socialcats ... living in groupsI spent eight months ... and only saw a jaguar onceduring the whole timeI saw my first one at duskTigers are so beautiful, orange and stripytheyare like spirits from another worldand many people will see cheetahs and leopardsyou are likely to be given a fixed route .

31 B:32 B:33 A:34 C:35 B:

Questions 1-21 = 2 marks eachQuestions 22-35 = 1 mark each

The total score is adjusted to give a markout ot 40.

Part 1

Question 1

Style: Formalletter. Avoid informal expressions.Conten t: 1 Give information about the background to your

complaint; point out that you sent ali your personaldetails a month ago.

2 Ask what has happened to your photograph.3 Ask why they only sent you two names and

addresses and not six.4 Point out that you have received no letters.5 Ask why you were sent a bill if the service is free.

Part 2

Question 2

Style:Forma/.Content: 1 Describewhere you would like to go on holiday

2 Explainreasonsfor choosingone particular place;give concreteexamplesof its attractions.

Question 3

Style: Informal.

Conten t: 1 Respond to your friend's suggestion.2 Suggest an accessible place to meet so your friend

will not get lost.3 Suggest places you could see or things you could

do together in a short time.4 End your letter appropriately.

Question 4

Style: Semi-formal.Content: 1 Describe your favourite sport.

2 Explain whether you enjoy it as a spectator or as aparticipant, or both of these.

~

Question 5(a)

Style: Formalor neutral.Conten t: Say whether you agree or disagree with this

statement. Explain the reasons for your opinion withreference to the end ing of the book.

Question 5(b)

Style: Informal.Conten t: Tellyour friend about the book you have been

reading. Describe the character you like most andwhy (e.g. attractive personality, role within the story,sympathetic person etc.) and give examplesfrom thetext. Describe the character you like least and why(e.g. unpleasant person, dishonest, selfish etc.)End your letter appropriately.


K E Y OB:J

Part 1: The Dodo Lives On

1 A: Only word that makes sense in this context.2 D: In the context of a mystery, the stories 'surraund' the

bird.3 B: 'separate fact fram fiction' is a fixed expression.4 B: 'of ali time' is a fixed expression.5 A: A and B both collocate but only A makes sense in

context.

6 C: Only 'originated' can apply to where the bird firstdeveloped.

7 B: This is used here to mean 'transported'.8 D: The second part of this sentence clarifies how people

regarded the dodo; 'curiosity' embodies 'attraction' and'fascination' .

9 B: 'suffer a fate' is a fixed expression.10 C: Forms phrasal verb 'come across', meaning 'find by

accident' .11 C: Only word that collocates with 'record'.12 A: Only word correct in context.13 B: Word with correct meaning.14 A: Although 'telling' collocates with 'truth', it does not

make sense in this context.

15 C: Only word that collocates with 'easy'.

Part 2: Napping Is Good for You

16 to (preposition): fixed phrase 'according to'17 every (determiner): meaning 'ali'18 Yet/(But (conjunction): to contrast with idea expressed in

previous sentence19 than (conjunction): follows 'rather'20 majority (noun): foliowed by 'ot'21 has (auxiiiary verb): completes Present perfect22 is (auxiiiary verb): passive construction with the Present

simple23 although/but/whereas/while/when (conjunction): to contrast

with idea expressed in first part of the sentence24 who (relative pranoun): refers back to 'chranobiologists'25 minute (noun, in combination here to form an adjective):

make sure you don't add an 's'!26 the (definite article): refers to a specific part of the day27 find (verb): forms phrasal verb 'find out'28 how (adverb)29 most/very (adverb): + adjective30 after (adverb): refers to a point later in time

Part 3

31 unless you have got I one: 'uniess' means 'if not'32 her mother I no longer worked: reported speech33 is said I to be thinking: active to passive34 blamed me for I having missed/missing: blame + for35 without you I to advise: 'advice' (noun) to 'advise' (verb) or

if you had not I advised: third conditional36 last time I I saw my: Present perfect to Past simple37 is less I expensive than: comparative to 'less' + adjective or

is not so/as expensive I as: not/so + adjective + as38 was astonished I to find: noun to adjective + infinitive39 having hurt/hurting I his hand: despite + -ing40 don't we I go to/and: why + auxiliary + verb

Part 4

41 ,/42 a: the indefinite article cannot be used with 'water'43 quite: cannot be use with 'saw', meaning 'Iook' as opposed

to 'understand'

44 own: incorrect in terms of meaning45 up: 'fetch' does not need a particie

l.1I'f.mI KEY

J

46 ,/47 ,/

48 the: the abstract noun 'safety' does not need the definitearticle

49 out: 'started' by itself is all that is needed50 ,/

51 been: grammatically incorrect52 ,/

53 such: 'such a' would be possible but not 'a such'54 be: grammatically incorrect55 ,/

,I]

.""

iPart 5: The Oxford and Cambridge University BoatRace

56 founders (verb to noun, piurai form)57 successfully (noun to adverb)58 amazing (verb to adjective)59 popularity (adjective to noun)60 distribution (verb to noun)61 length (adjective to noun)62 unpleasant (verb to negative adjective by adding prefix)63 occasionally (noun to adverb)64 dramatic (noun to adjective)65 embarrassment (verb to noun)

Questions 1-30 and 41-65 = 1 mark eachQuestions 31-40 = 2 marks eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.


Part 1

1A 2A 5 B 7C 8A3C 6B4B

Part 2: Hardacre College

9 (main)square 14 shops10 bus 15 (the) theatre11 trees 16 computers12 Staff 17 8000/eight thousand13 lifts 18 open day

Part 3

19 B 20 F

Part 424 C 25 B

22 A 23 C21 D

29 B 30 B26 A 27 A 28 C

Questions 1-30 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a markout of 40.

Test 6

Part 1

1 C: succeeded at the age of twenty-four where many othershave failed

2 A: and stared death in the face more than once3 H: thousands of people gathered on the shore to cheer her

on4 G: a smali woman ... brave little Ellen

Part 27 A:

9 C:9 D:

10 A:

10 B:10 C:10 D:11 A:

11 B11 C:

11 D:12 A:

12 B:12 C:12 D:13 A:

13 B:

13 C:13 D:

5 B: this kind of reporting seems particularly insulting anddepressingshe herself has remained modest6 E:

7 B:

Incorrect: We don't know that her parents would preferto ignore heroIncorrect: We are not told that they are chattingtogether.Correct: Maria hears them but does not reply and theydo not repeat their remarks.Incorrect: Maria records what she sees and hears,so sheis clearly not asleep.Incorrect: There is no mention that this is how she feels.Incorrect: People talk but 'expect you to say particularthings' .Incorrect: Other children are not mentioned

Correct: 'And they usually end up saying what youexpected them to.'Incorrect: Maria does not say this.Correct:This is implied by 'Grown-ups ... spent muchtime telling each other what the weather was like, orwondering aloud if one thing would happen or another.'Incorrect: Maria thinks the opposite.Incorrect: She does not say this.Correct: This is implied by 'but somehow her motherwas always about to go out ... she had gone.'Incorrect: This is not implied.Incorrect: This is not implied.Incorrect: This is not implied.Incorrect: Her father can hear but doesn't think whatshe says is of any importance.Incorrect: He is elearly not making any effort.Correct: He is physically there, but removed from hisdaughter mentally although he means wel!.Incorrect: He does not seem to respond.Correct: 'it' refers back to 'what they said' in previousphrase.Incorrect: There is no previous mention of this.Incorrect: This is not referred to in the paragraph.Incorrect: This is not referred to in the paragraph.Incorrect: Maria does not say that is what interests hermost.Incorrect: 'never mind about that' indicates that she isnot interested in what her father tells her about thehouse and its history.Correct: 'Good, I shalllike having my own swing.'Incorrect: Even though the house is not what she wasexpecting it does not interest her more than the swing.

7 C:

7 D:

8 A:8 B:

8 C:8 D:

9 A:9 B:

Part 3: A Garden for Palna Children's Home

14 C: Link between f50,000 and 'this money was used'.15 H: Contrastive link between UK and India: 'different

environment' .

16 F: Link between 'the Taj Mahal palace' and 'This whitemarble monument'.

17 D: Link between 'a large Neem tree' and 'substances fromthis tree'.

18 I: Link between the size of garden and the design theycreated.

19 G: Link between 'concrete drainage pipes' and 'The pipeswere dug into the ground'.

20 B: Link wit h reference in previous paragraph to The TerrorRun.

Part 4: Young Businesses

21 C: but the manager turned me down22 A: because 1was out of work23 B: I'm thinking of setting up a mail order business24 C: My parents lent me the money

~

I employ a staff of threeI've now got someone working for meI used to embroider scarves for friends for birthdaypresentsI saw an artiele in the local newspaperThey send me the scarves made by their own designteamso it's hours of workand takes hours to do

my business has grown to such an extent that I actuallyrent three rooms

And halfway through my degree courseB says 'my products are quite expensive'; C says 'A wigis very expensive'; D says'it's a very expensivedecorativetechnique' .I make wigs for people in show business ... on stagenight after night

Questions 1-20 = 2 markseachQuestions 21-35 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.

25/6A:25/6B:27 D:

28 A:29 D:

30/1C:30/10:32 C:

33 D:34 A:

35 C:

Part 1Question 1

Style: Formai letter. Avoid informal expressions.Content: 1 Give information about yourself and why you are

writing.2 Ask about months, dates and how long you are

expected to spend there.3 Ask how you get to the centre of the forest.4 Ask about accommodation, food and ages of other

people.5 Ask what the 'special elothing' is and whether you

need to bring anything yourself.6 Ask for further information, based on the

advertisement.

Part 2Question 2

Style:Neutral to forma!.Content: 1 What had happenedat the beginning of the day to

cause 'tears'?

2 How did things develop?

3 Justify the ending, i.e. that the day ended happily.

Question 3

Style: Formal; write elear paragraphs, perhaps using subheadings.Content: 1 Describe where the concert took place

2 Mention the concert programme.3 Say what you personally enjoyed.4 Say whether you think other students would like

such a concert.

Question 4Style: Forma!.

Content: 1 Say whether you agree or disagree with thestatement.

2 Give reasons for your opinion and support yourargument wit h some facts.

Question 5(a)

Style:Formalor neutral.Content: Saywhether you agreeor disagreewith this

statement. Explainthe reasonsfor your opinion withconcrete examples.

KEY DEIfj

Question 5(b)

Style:Formaiar neutral.Content: Saywhy you are recommendingthe book.

Mention somethings or eventsin the story that youthink would make a good film.

The two parts of the Writing Paperhaveequal marks.The total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.

Part 1: Circus Children1C 28 3A 4C 5D 6C11D 128 13A 14C 158

7A 8C 98 10 A

Part 2: Peter Benchley Likes Sharks16 based 23 the17 whose 24 on18 and 25 example/instance19 fact 26 it20 contrast 27 spent21 up 28 fram22 wiped 29 weighed

30 as

Part 3

31 turned down I my offer32 make a I complaint33 so that visitors I can enjoy34 you mind I carrying35 regret I having missedor

regret I missing36 whether she I had bought37 was a I fifteen-hour38 sucha bad I speller(that)39 gets me I down40 did I you become

Part 441 their42 at43 have44 the45 .I46 .I47 long48 gone49 still50 with51 .I52 much53 .I54 so55 more

Part 5: Angel of Mercy56 daily (noun to adjective)57 within (preposition to preposition)58 responsibility/responsibilities (adjective to noun)59 qualified (verb to verb)60 training (verb to noun)61 variety (verb to noun)62 bravery (adjective to noun)63 service (verb to noun)64 Usually (adjective to adverb)65 treatment (verb to noun)

i'DII1 K E Y

Questions 1-30 and 41-65 = 1 mark eachQuestions 31-40 = 2 markseach ~.

The total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.


Part 1

1C 2C

Part 2

9 film10 snakes11 1O/tenyears12 195013 white

7C 8A38 5 8 684A

14 wild life/wildlife

15 pressures16 ti re17 (news)papers18 forests

Part 319 E 20 C

Part 424 F 25 T

21 F 228 23 A

29 F 30 T27 F 28 F26 T

Questions 1-30 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.

Test 7

Part 1: Slow train to China1 D: an attendant ... looked after us2 8: I was puzzledover how to get any water fram the taps3 I: the train chugged gently ... the train stil! chugging4 E: food was pravided by the country you happen to be

passingthraugh at the time5 A: settled into a peacefultrain life6 G: Theyhad come to buy fram the traders7 C: we came back feeling we had been awayfor months

Part 2: Weather forecasting

8 A: which hascomparativelyfew climate extremes9 D: the worst that can usuallyhappen is that they get wet

(becausethey haveno warning)10 8: Forbusiness,the effects are far mare serious.

(The list givesan idea of the range.)11 8: up until then forecastershad reliedon humanobservers...12 D: this systemhascertain disadvantages13 C: Somecommercialaircraft ...14 C: Corbyn'sfarecastsare usedby insurancecompanieswho

want to plan months in advance.

Part 3: Fast Work for Fast Food15 G: Link between 'the night befare' and 'Iast night' and

'Nothing is where it should be.'16 E: Link between 'before we could begin the day's work'

and 'My first job' and 'I fili a sink wit h water'.17 8: Link between 'The chefs' and 'These are the people' and

'They swan araund'.18 I: Continues list of complaints by repeating structure 'If ... ,

then ...'.19 C: Links with next sentence 'This is when ... '.20 A: Link wit h 'deliveries of food and drink' and the writer

having to 'sart them out'.

21 F: Link between 'the lunchtime rush is dying down' and'However;'1don't get anything to eat until 6 thatevening' and Tm too tired to eat',

Part 4: Who Broke Your Heart?

22 D: not knowing what to say23 B: I paid for my boyfriend ... I'm not good enough to be

your boyfriend any more.Hewas a yearolder than me.Istiii think about her and wonder what she's doing.Everybodymy age has had their heart broken.she'd come to South Africa at ChristmasA girl called Maria broke my heart when I first went touniversity.

29/30A:IstiII don't reallyunderstandwhy she finished wit h me29/30C:Iwrote a long letter asking Sonyato explainwhat was

going on. I neverheard back31 D: it was love at first sight32 B: I tried to persuadehim to changehis mind33 D: it was probably more to do wit h me asking him than the

other way round34 C: I didn't believeher35 B: We decidedwe'd go on holidaywith a group of friends

24 D:25 C:26 A:27 C:28 A:

Questions 1-21 = 2 marks eachQuestions 22-35 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a markout ot 40.

Part 1

Question 1

Style: Formalletter. Avoid informal expressions.Content: 1 Give information about your classand why you are

writing.2 Ask for more detailsabout the kind of event that

you would like, basedon their list.3 Ask about specialratesfor students.4 Ask about costsfor supplyingfood and drink.5 Ask for a time and date for an appointment to

discussthings further.

Part 2Question 2

Style: Semi-formal.Content: 1Theexperiencemustbe amusingto the reader.

2 Explainwhy the experiencewas amusing.

Question 3Style: Informal.Content: 1 Describe your country's traditional food.

2 Focusononeparticularspeciality.3 Explainhow to make this speciality:necessary

ingredients,preparationand cooking (ifappropriate).

Question 4

Style: FormaI.Content: 1 Saywhetheryou agree or disagreewith the

statement.2 Give reasonsfor your opinion and support your

argument with some facts, related to your ownexperienceif appropriate.

~-~

Question 5(a)

Style: Formal.Content: Discussone relationship in the book. Explainthe

connection between the storyandthe relationship.Give some concrete examplesfrom the text to showthe connection.

Question 5(b)

Style: Formalor neutral.Content: Saywhetheryouagreeor disagreewith the

statement. Discuss the beginning of the book andmention other parts of the story to support youropinion.


Part 1: Fun and Games1C 2 B 3 A 4 D 5 D 6 B11B 12D 13D 14B 15C

7C 8A 9B 10 C

Part 2: Functional Foods16 on 23 In17 is 24 Despite18 Not 25 its19 as 26 present20 less 27 consist21 get 28 which/that22 with 29 be

30 what

Part 3

31 he is not I young enough32 accused her I of borrowing33 will be able I to afford34 know whose I pen this35 I had told I the truth36 is/willbe impossible I for me37 is being I raised by38 is I hardlyever39 have run out of I milk40 mustget/haveI myshoesrepaired

Part 441 to42 the43 ,/44 be45 ,/46 it47 themselves48 up49 ,/50 than51 ,/52 that53 and54 do55 most

Part 5: The Recipe for Good Communication

56 misunderstanding(verbto negativenoun by adding prefix)57 clarify(adjectiveto verb)58 concentration(verb to noun)59 effectively(noun to adverb)

KEY ~

60 tendency (verb to noun)61 readily (adjective to adverb)62 fully (adjective to adverb)63 politeness (adjective to noun)64 relationships (noun to abstract noun, piurai form)65 essential (noun to adjective)

Questions 1-30 and 41-65 = 1 mark eachQuestions 31-40 = 2 markseachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.


Part 11 C 2 B 3 B 4C 5A 6 B 7C 8A

Part 2

9 Circle of Fear 210 a smali town11 300312 planets13 Sometime, Never

14 a smali town15 hot water springs16 Give it Back17 mountains18 motorbike

Part 319 F 20 E 21 B 22 A 23 C

Part 424 B 25 C 26 C 27 A 28 C 29 B 30 C

Questions 1-30 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.

Test 8

Part 1: Cyber Cafes1 F: millionsof people can use the internet2 C: These cafes are part of the cultural scene3 A: if you want to keep in touch with friends and family4 E: as the cafe fills up, the price goes up5 B: e-mail ischeaper than the telephone6 D: become communicationcentres for these workers ...

who neither havenor want traditional office space

Part 2: My Holidays7 B: I'm a bit of a coward8 C: I decided to go skiing for the first time9 B: but how do I stop?

10 D: we got to know the chef quite well ... one of thewaiters took us to visit his uncle

11 A: The trouble with me isthat I have a genuine problemwith mosquitoes- they absolutely adore me!

12 B: You could see the infection disappear13 D: pleasantlyexhausted14 A: I just want the opportunity to refreshmyself.

Part 3: Fears and Phobias

15 D: Link between being prevented 'from leadinga normailife' and 'it means you cannot ...'.

16 H: Link between what you 'can be afraid of' and'Apparently,the list of phobias gets longer everyday'.

17 F: Link between 'understanding what a phobia is' and'With this understanding'.

omm KEY

Link between 'You may think that you are computerphobic' and 'But that's not the same as being really'mechanophobic' .Introduces 'true phobia' compared with the previousparagraph.Link between 'phobias can be describedin three mainways', 'There are social phobias', 'Then there are paniedisorders' and 'thirdly, specific phobias'.

Part 4: Summer Schools

21 D: there is no other schoollike ours; we provide anovelapproach to studying English

22 A: individual study bedrooms equipped wit h privatebathroom, TVand computer

23 C: for the duration of your courseyou will be ... with anexperiencedmember of staff

24 A: Inthe afternoon you are free to choose from ...excursions

teenagers aged between 13 and 17Accommodation is provided wit h local families.places are limitedlocated in popular seaside townsEvenings are freeindividual study bedroomsThere is also a large library on boardwe make every effort to cater for individual dietaryrequirements

33 B: This is foliowed by afternoon activities34 A: optional activities including ... drama35 D: Gur weekly courses end with a day's excursion by train

18 C:

19 E:

20 G:

25 B:26 B:27 A:28 C:29 B:30 A:31 D:32 C:

f}

Questions1-20 = 2 markseachQuestions 21-35 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a mark oOt of 40.

Part 1

Question 1

Style:Formalletter. Avoid informal expressions.Conten t: 1 Give information about you and your friends,your

ages and why you are writing.2 Ask about days and times you are likelyto be

needed.3 Suggest positive things you and your friends could

do.4 Ask for more information about 'jobs around the

home'.5 Ask for further information, e.g. money for petrol,

visitingwith a friend etc.

Part 2

Question 2

Style:Neutral to formal.Content: 1 Storycan either end or begin with theprompt

sentence.2 What has happened to create this situation?3 Where are you if you cannot do anything else and

you cannot speak to anyone?4 How does the story end?

Question 3

Style:Semi-formal.Content: 1 Describeyour own languagelearning experience(s).

2 Recommend some of the things which you findhelpful.

J

j

Question 4

Style:Forma!;write elearparagraphs,perhapsusingsubheadings.Content: 1 Referto one specific restaurant.

2 Mention the kind of food servedin the restaurant.3 Comment on the good or bad aspectsof the service

etc.4 Ineludea recommendationfor a particular customer

e.g. students, familieswith childrenetc.

Question 5(a)

Style: Forma!.Content: Saywhether you agreeor disagreewith the

statement. Discusswhether the plot and/or thelanguageand vocabularymakethe bookstraightforward or complicated.

Question 5(b)

Style: Forma!.Content: Saywhether you agreeor disagreewith the

statement. Saywhether the plot was exciting orboring and give concreteexamplesfram the text.Mention any other aspectswhich madeyou feelpositiveor negativeabout the book.

The two parts of the Writing Paperhaveequal marks.The tota' score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.

~P,APER 3"~iHJse'~of Ehglis'h'

Part 1: Shades ot Meaning1D 2B 3C 4C 5A 6A 7B11C 12A 13B 14D 15A

Part 2: Credit Cards tor Children16 up 23 not17 them 24 amount/sum18 who 25 much19 tOG 26 their20 Like 27 waste21 which/that 28 in22 have 29 being

30 to

8A 9D 10 C

Part 3

31 chocolatesare I packed32 am keen I on learning33 is the I first time (that)34 until she I hashad35 had fallen I thraugh36 to turn I oft37 you know I what the38 a belief that I life exists39 accept my apology I for being40 hasI a tendency

Part 441 .I42 of43 out44 had45 very46 for47 .I48 enough49.I50 myself51 .I52 who53 to54 yet55 .I

Part 5: Going to School in Atrica56 intraduction (verb to noun)57 teaching (verb to noun)58 confusion(verb to noun)59 government (verb to noun)60 education (verbto noun)61 expensive(noun to adjective)62 payment(s) (verb to noun)63 relatively(adjectiveto adverb)64 possession(verbto noun)65 minority(adjectiveto noun) .

Questions 1-30 and 41-65 = 1 mark eachQuestions 31-40 = 2 markseachThe tota' score is adjusted to give a mark out of 40.

PARERt4


Part 1

1A 2B 3A 4C 5B 6C 7C 8B

Part 2

9 12/twelve-hour10 report11 studio12 charts13 scripts

14 button15 director16 elothes17 Sleeves18 jacket

..Part 319 F 20 A 21 D 22 E 23 C

Part 4

24 C 25 B 27 A 29 B26 B 28 C 30A

Questions 1-30 = 1 mark eachThe total score is adjusted to give a markout of 40.

KEY iD)

Date post:	13-Aug-2015
Category:	Documents
Upload:	marcelo-tavares
View:	466 times
Download:	57 times

First certificate practice tests plus 2

Documents